initial commit of ebook 18382HEADmain

10 files changed, 7424 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/18382-8.txt b/18382-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d54c27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18382-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2426 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433
+       Volume 17, New Series, April 17, 1852
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: Robert Chambers and William  Chambers
+
+Release Date: May 12, 2006 [EBook #18382]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer, Richard J. Shiffer and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                     CHAMBERS' EDINBURGH JOURNAL
+
+  CONDUCTED BY WILLIAM AND ROBERT CHAMBERS, EDITORS OF 'CHAMBERS'S
+  INFORMATION FOR THE PEOPLE,' 'CHAMBERS'S EDUCATIONAL COURSE,' &c.
+
+
+  No. 433. NEW SERIES.   SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1852.   PRICE 1-1/2_d._
+
+
+
+
+THE DINGY HOUSE.
+
+
+London is like a large company, where it is necessary for the master
+or mistress of the house to introduce a great many people to each
+other. Everybody in that overgrown metropolis has things within a few
+doors of his residence, which, if they were suddenly described to him,
+he would hear of with deep interest or extreme astonishment. There is
+a plain back street near the Haymarket, bearing the title of Great
+Windmill Street, in which there is a large, dingy-looking house
+standing somewhat detached, and not appearing to be in the hands of
+ordinary tenants. Very near this, is a distinguished haunt of gaiety,
+very well whitened, and looking very smart, but which would be no
+index to the character or purposes of the dingy mansion. A group of
+dirty children will be found disporting at marbles or pitch-and-toss
+on the paved recess in front; but neither would that scene be found in
+any kind of harmony with the house itself. It is evidently a house
+with a mystery.
+
+Very few people would be found in the course of a day to pass out of
+or into that house. A blind would seldom be raised. A fashionable
+carriage would not once in a twelvemonth be seen rolling up to the
+gloomy portals. Supposing, however, that any one were to be so curious
+as to watch the house for an afternoon, he would probably see two
+women in extraordinary dresses come up to the door, apparently laden
+with some heavy packages, shrouded under their wide black cloaks. He
+would see the door opened with some caution, and the two women would
+then walk in, and be seen no more for that day. He might speculate for
+hours about the business in which these women had been engaged, but in
+vain. He might make inquiries in the neighbourhood, but probably with
+as little result; for, in London, it must be an extraordinary family
+indeed which provokes any inquiry among neighbours, and most
+undoubtedly the inmates of the mansion would never think of
+proclaiming what they were, or how they lived.
+
+Having perhaps by this time excited some curiosity, we must endeavour
+to satisfy it. We happened by mere chance, when spending an evening
+with a friend in a distant part of the town, to hear of this house and
+its tenants; and the doings and character of its inmates struck our
+mind as something so extraordinary, and in some respects so beautiful,
+that we resolved, if possible, to pay it a visit. We did so a few days
+thereafter, under the conduct of a young friend, who kindly undertook
+to smooth away all difficulties in the way of our reception. We can,
+therefore, give some account of the dingy house, with a tolerable
+assurance that, strange as the matter may appear, it is no more than
+true.
+
+This dingy house is possessed by ten women, chiefly natives of France,
+who form a branch of a religious society of recent origin in that
+country, entitled, Les Petites Soeurs des Pauvres (_Little Sisterhood
+for the Poor_). They have been in this house only for a few months,
+but are already fully engaged in the business to which they have
+devoted themselves--which is the care and nurture of infirm and
+destitute old women. The extraordinary thing is that the Sisters,
+though most of them are in their education and previous habits
+_ladies_, literally go about begging for the means of maintaining
+these poor people. Everything is done, indeed, by begging; for on
+entering the sisterhood they renounce all earthly possessions. They
+have begged the means of furnishing their house, and paying their
+rent, which is not an inconsiderable sum; they daily beg for the food,
+clothes, and cordials required for themselves and the objects of their
+charity. What is even more singular, these ladies in all respects
+_serve_ the old women, wash for them, cook for them, act as their
+nurses. They treat themselves less kindly, for out of the broken
+victuals on which exclusively the house is supported, the old women
+always get the first selection, and the ladies only the remaining
+scraps. It is altogether the most striking example of self-denial and
+self-devotion which has ever happened to fall under our attention in
+this country.
+
+We were received in a faded old dining-room, by a Sister whose age
+surprised us, for she did not appear to be above five-and-twenty. Her
+dress consisted of coarse black serge, and a linen cap, such as is
+worn by poor old women in the country. She was evidently a
+well-educated and refined English lady, who, under a different
+impulse, might have very probably been indulging at this moment in the
+gaieties of Almacks. With great courtesy, but without for a moment
+departing from the serious manner in which she had first addressed us,
+she conducted us through the house, and explained its various
+arrangements. We were first shewn into a large hall in the rear, where
+we found about thirty little beds, only a few of which were occupied,
+the greater number of the inmates being able to sit up and move about
+the house. Nothing could exceed the homeliness of the furniture,
+though everything was remarkably clean. In another dormitory up
+stairs, we found ten or twelve bedrid women, one of them within a few
+months of completing the hundredth year of her age, but able to
+converse. Another was a comparatively young woman, who had three
+months ago had a limb amputated. A Sister, in her plain dark dress,
+stood in this room, ready to attend any of the poor women. We were
+next conducted to a large room, where a number of the inmates were at
+dinner. They rose modestly at our entrance, and we had some difficulty
+in inducing them to resume their seats. We were curious to see the
+viands, knowing that they were composed solely of the crumbs from the
+rich man's table, and having some idea, that as most of the Sisters
+were French, there might be some skill shewn in putting these morsels
+into new and palatable forms. We did not, however, find that the
+dishes were superior to what might have been expected in a workhouse.
+The principal article was a pudding, composed of pounded scraps and
+crusts of bread, and bearing much the appearance of the oatmeal
+porridge of Scotland. Ladies attend the old women at table, acting
+entirely as servants do in a gentleman's dining-room, though only in
+the limited extent to which such services are required at a meal so
+simple. It is only after this meal is concluded, that the ladies sit
+down to their own equally frugal fare. We were curious to know if they
+indulge in tea, considering this as a sort of crucial test of their
+self-denying principles. We were informed that the article is not
+bought for them, on account of its being so expensive. Used tea-leaves
+are obtained from the tables of certain families of rank, and are
+found to be of service for the comfort of the more infirm women. After
+the inmates are served, if any tea be left, it is taken by the ladies.
+
+We next descended to the kitchen, and there found a young woman at
+work as a cook, not a Sister, but one who may be so ere long, if she
+passes her novitiate successfully. The magazine of crusts and lumps of
+bread, of broken meat and cold soups, coffee and tea, which we saw
+here, was a curious sight. We were also shewn the pails and baskets in
+which the Sisters collect these viands. Two go forth every morning,
+and make a round of several hours amongst houses where they are
+permitted to apply. Meat goes into one compartment, bread into
+another. A pail of two divisions keeps a variety of things distinct
+from each other. Demurely pass the dark pair along the crowded
+thoroughfares of the metropolis, objects of momentary curiosity to
+many that pass them, but never pausing for a moment on their
+charitable mission. The only approach to a smile on our conductress's
+face, was when she related to us how, on their return one afternoon, a
+poor woman who had lost a child, traced them to the door, and made a
+disturbance there, under a belief that the cloak of one of them,
+instead of covering a collection of broken meat, concealed her infant.
+
+We were curious to trace the feelings which actuated these ladies in
+devoting themselves to duties so apt to be repulsive to their class.
+Viewing the whole matter with a regard to its humane results, we did
+not doubt that benevolence was the impulse most concerned, directly or
+indirectly, though we of course knew that a religious sanction was
+essential to the scheme. In a conversation, however, with our
+conductress, we could not bring her to admit that mere humanity had
+anything to do with it. The basis on which they proceed is simply that
+text in which Christ expresses his appreciation of those who give a
+cup of cold water in his name. It is professedly nothing more than an
+example of those charitable societies which arise in connection with
+the Catholic faith, and in obedience to its principles, and which
+require that entire renunciation of the world which to a Protestant
+mind appears so objectionable. We have little doubt, nevertheless,
+that a certain amount of benevolence is a necessary, though it may not
+be a directly acknowledged pre-requisite for the profession; for it is
+admitted that some novices find that they have not the _vocation_, and
+abandon the attempt; while others, by the grace of God, are enabled to
+go on. We cannot regard this idea of 'vocation' as something entirely
+apart from the inherent feelings.
+
+So far as we could understand, the Sisters regard more expressly the
+value of the act of obedience to the injunction of Christ, than the
+feeling from which, we would say, the injunction sprang--an error, as
+we most humbly think, though one of a kind which we do not feel called
+upon to discuss in the presence of results so much in accordance with
+our own best feelings. We would only say, that there is something
+disappointing in finding how much the whole procedure is beheld by
+these self-devoting women, as reflecting on their own destinies. It
+appears that their patients often grumble both at the food and the
+attendance which they receive. The Sisters say, they like to meet an
+ungrateful old woman, as it tries their humility and forbearance: it
+makes the greater merit towards an end in which they themselves are
+concerned. Now, we would put all this aside, and think only of the
+divinely recommended sentiment of the text, as calculated in some
+degree to make our life on earth an approach to that of its author. It
+is really hypercritical, however, even to intimate these dissenting
+remarks, especially when our main end is, after all, merely to bring
+the public into knowledge of an extraordinary phenomenon in human
+conduct, going on in an age which seems generally of so opposite a
+character.
+
+The Society of Les Petites Soeurs is, it appears, a new one, having
+originated only a few years ago in the exertions of an old female
+servant, who, having saved a little money, thought it could not be
+better employed than in succouring the aged and infirm of her own sex.
+Her idea was taken up by others of her own order, as well as by women
+of superior grade. The society was formed, and establishments were
+quickly set up in various parts of France. It was only in 1851 that a
+detachment of the sisterhood came to England, and settled themselves
+in Great Windmill Street, where, whatever be their motives, it must be
+admitted they contribute in no slight degree to the alleviation of
+that vast mass of misery which seems an inseparable element of large
+cities. They had, at the time of our visit, forty-seven old persons
+under their care.
+
+At a subsequent period of the same day, we visited an establishment
+somewhat similar at Hammersmith--at least similar in the repulsive
+character of the duties, though externally much more elegant. It is
+housed in a range of good buildings secluded in a garden, and is
+devoted to the reception of unfortunate young women who, under
+penitent feelings, wish to be restored to respectable society. The
+Sisterhood of the Good Shepherd, as they are called, entertain in this
+house nearly 100 such women, who, while undergoing the process of
+religious and moral regeneration, employ themselves in washing, so as
+to contribute to their own support. We saw the whole engaged in their
+humble employment, excepting a few who were under training in a
+school. At all times, in their bedrooms, at their meals, in their
+work-rooms, in their play-ground, they are under the immediate eye of
+some of the Sisters; but the general treatment includes as much
+kindness as is consistent with the object held in view. One trait of
+this kindness struck us as involving a remarkable delicacy: there is
+never, from first to last, one word of reference made to their former
+life. They are accepted as so many children coming to school for the
+first time. Even their names are sunk out of sight, and new ones
+applied. The Sisters speak of them as 'the children.' We learned that
+Protestant women are welcomed, but are expected not to stand out in
+inconvenient dissent from the ordinary rules of the house. We walked
+into the garden under the care of the mother-superior, and saw their
+little burial-ground, marked with low wooden crosses inscribed to
+Laura, to Perpetua, to Mary of the Seven Dolours, and other such
+names, indicating so many unfortunates who had here found a rest from
+their troubles. We likewise visited the chapel, the body of which is
+arranged for the use of the sisterhood; while a wing running off at
+the side of the altar, and concealed from view, is provided with
+seats for the penitents. The whole establishment is characterised by
+remarkably good taste. There is here a more cheerful tone than in the
+Great Windmill Street institution. The Sisters spoke, as usual, of
+being entirely happy--that unaccountable phenomenon to a Protestant
+mind.
+
+We do not need to inform the reader, that conventual establishments
+are not now so thin-sown in England as they were a few years ago, or
+that they occasionally draw into their circle individuals who started
+in life with very different prospects before them. The whole subject
+is one worthy of some inquiry, as a feature of our social state, by no
+means devoid of political importance; and it is for this very reason
+that we draw attention to the subject. Instead of contemptuously
+ignoring such things, let them, we say, be made known and investigated
+in a calm and philosophical spirit. It is for want of a steady
+comprehension of facts of the kind here adverted to, that an illusion
+is kept up respecting our existing social condition. It is heedlessly
+said, and every one repeats the error, that the age is a hard,
+mechanical one, which shines only in splendid materialities; but is it
+compatible with this notion, that there is ten times more earnest
+religious feeling of one kind and another than there was thirty years
+ago; that antiquities, mediæval literature and architecture, are
+studied with a zeal hitherto unknown; and that such mystical writers
+as Carlyle, Tennyson, and Browning, carry off the palm from all the
+calm-blooded old-school men of letters? We rather think it is the most
+romantic, supra-material age that has yet been seen. The resurrection
+of conventual life, in some instances Catholic, in others Protestant,
+appears to us as one of the facts of this unexpected reaction, which
+doubtless will run its course, and then give place to something else,
+though not, we trust, till out of its commixture of good and evil some
+novelty hopeful for humanity has sprung.
+
+
+
+
+THE LATE EMPEROR OF CHINA.
+
+
+The announcement of a work by the late Dr Gutzlaff, entitled the _Life
+of Taou-Kwang, late Emperor of China, with Memoirs of the Court of
+Peking_,[1] excited a good deal of expectation; but for our own part,
+now that the book is published, we must confess our disappointment on
+finding it not a well-constructed memoir, but a volume bearing the
+appearance of a collection of materials put together just as they came
+to hand, with a view to re-arrangement. Declining health probably
+prevented the author from perfecting his plan, and hurried his pages
+to the press; death has now removed him from his labours. But a
+collection of authentic historic facts is valuable, however loosely
+embodied; and few writers have enjoyed such favourable opportunities
+as Dr Gutzlaff for obtaining them.
+
+Referring first to the personal history of Taou-Kwang, we find that
+his education was more Tatar than Chinese. He was one of the numerous
+grandchildren of the imperial house of Keelung, but without any
+expectation of filling the throne, as both his mother and paternal
+grandmother were inferior members of the imperial harem. The
+discipline under which the royal family was trained, was of the
+strictest kind. Each of the male children, on completing his sixth
+year, was placed with the rest under a course of education
+superintended by the state. Though eminent doctors were engaged to
+instruct them in Chinese literature, yet archery and horsemanship were
+considered higher accomplishments, and the most expert masters from
+Mongolia and Manchooria trained them in these exercises. They were
+treated as mere schoolboys, were allotted a very small income for
+their maintenance, were closely confined to the apartments assigned to
+them, kept in entire ignorance of passing events, and allowed little
+intercourse with the court--none with the people. Not till each had
+passed his twentieth year, was there any relaxation of this
+discipline. Taou-Kwang was about this age when his father ascended the
+throne, in consequence of the somewhat capricious appointment of
+Keelung, who abdicated, and soon after died. The new emperor
+surrounded himself with buffoons, playactors, and boon-companions. The
+debaucheries, jealousies, and cruelties of his reign, remind us of
+what we have half sceptically read of Nero and Caligula. But
+Taou-Kwang kept aloof alike from the frivolities and the intrigues of
+his father's court: he seemed to have no desire ungratified so long as
+he had his bow and arrows, his horse and matchlock; and even after he
+was unexpectedly nominated heir to the throne, in consequence of
+having personally defended his father from a band of assassins, his
+new expectations made no difference in his frugal and modest way of
+life. The emperor at length died; it did not clearly appear by what
+means, and it would perhaps have been troublesome to inquire: the
+empress-dowager waived the claims of her son; and Taou-Kwang ascended
+the throne without bloodshed. The luxury of the preceding reign now
+gave place to sobriety and economy; though the usual ceremonies of the
+court were strictly observed, they were conducted in the least
+expensive manner; and the ruling passion of the monarch soon appeared
+to be avarice.
+
+Taou-Kwang had no taste either for literature or the arts; and he
+jumbled together in one large magazine the beautiful pictures, clocks,
+and musical instruments accumulated by his ancestors. To explain and
+repair these, there had always been Europeans, chiefly Portuguese, in
+attendance; and to some of these we have been indebted in times past
+for memoirs of the court of Peking; but Taou-Kwang dismissed the last
+of them. It is believed that an undefined dread of Western power had
+much to do with this distaste for the products of its ingenuity.
+
+The only orgies which the emperor seemed desirous of maintaining, were
+feasts for the promotion of Manchoo union; on which occasions, the
+Manchoos assembled to eat meat without rice--in order to maintain the
+recollection of their Nimrodic origin--and to drink an intoxicating
+liquor made of mare's milk. He had a favourite sequestered abode at no
+great distance from the capital, where he had allowed the vegetation
+to run wild and rank, in order to make it a rural retreat, instead of
+an imperial park. All business was excluded from the precincts, and
+here the emperor spent much of his time, wandering solitarily on foot
+among the trees, amusing himself with the friends of his youth, or
+sailing, with some of the ladies of his family, along the mimic
+rivers.
+
+According to traditional usage, the monarch must perform a pilgrimage
+to the tombs of his ancestors. The astronomical, or rather
+astrological board having ascertained the month, the day, the hour,
+even the minute, when the stars would prove propitious, the cavalcade
+set out. The princes of the blood, the ladies of the palace, and the
+favourite ministers of the court, formed part of the train, which was
+attended by at least 2000 camels. But even an emperor cannot travel
+through waste and desert lands without inconvenience; and though great
+preparations had been made beforehand in erecting temporary dwellings
+where no villages were to be found, yet his Celestial majesty, with
+his court, had often to bivouac under tents in the open air. The
+people crowded in thousands to see their sovereign--a liberty which,
+it is well known, may not be used in Peking, where every one must
+hasten to hide his head as from the fabled Gorgon. The ancestral tombs
+at Mookden, where the imperial manes repose under care of a large
+garrison, were at length reached. And now Taou-Kwang became a family
+man, abandoning the forms of state and the pomp of empire, and
+mingling in familiar intercourse with his relatives and attendants.
+Such particulars prove that we must receive at very considerable
+discount the descriptions hitherto published concerning the extreme
+sacredness of the emperor's person, the monotonous routine of ceremony
+to which he is condemned, and the impossibility of his 'indulging in
+the least relaxation from the fatiguing support of his dignity.' Turn
+we now to public events.
+
+By a series of unexpected conquests, the three largest empires in the
+world have been gradually approaching each other's frontiers in Asia.
+England, from the distant West, has formed military establishments
+bordering on Thibet; China, from the remote East, has come to take
+that country under its dominion; while Russia, the colossus of Europe,
+has traversed the ice-fields of Siberia, and furnished an extensive
+northern frontier to Mongolia and Manchooria, the Tatar dominions of
+China. These powers, by their combined influence, keep within bounds
+the lawless hordes of Asia, by whose frequent irruptions in past ages
+vast regions of more civilised territory were overwhelmed, and whole
+nations extirpated. The empire that effects most in this way is China,
+and that with the smallest amount of means. Its frontier army is
+indeed but a burlesque compared with the well-appointed warriors of
+England and Russia; yet the Usbecks, Calmuks, and Kinghis are kept in
+subjection. The volume before us gives some insight into the mode in
+which this is accomplished.
+
+A formidable insurrection, excited partly by religious enthusiasm,
+broke out in the western parts of Chinese Tatary in 1826. An able
+leader was found in Tehangir, a descendant of one of the former
+princes. He proclaimed himself the deliverer of the faithful from the
+infidel yoke, drew multitudes to his standard, and proceeded
+victoriously from city to city. The imperial army sent to quell this
+insurrection cost on an average L.23,000 of our money per day; and
+though victories were, as usual, reported, there was no appearance of
+the war coming to a termination. What prowess could not effect was
+accomplished by bribery. The Mohammedans were themselves divided into
+rival factions; and the Karatak ('black caps') were induced by Chinese
+diplomacy to turn against the Altktak ('white caps'), to whom Tehangir
+belonged. He was betrayed, taken to Peking, and cut to pieces in
+presence of the emperor; after which, nearly the whole of Turkistan
+was laid waste by fire and sword. After twenty more of the rebels had
+been decapitated, the emperor enacted new laws for the country, with
+the view of attaching the people to himself by the mildness of his
+rule. The black caps were promoted either to offices of trust in their
+own country, or to places of distinction in the Chinese army. When
+Turkistan again became the seat of trouble in 1830, the emperor at
+once sent 4000 camels with 2,000,000 taëls of silver (about L.700,000)
+to settle matters, which was considered much wiser than to engage in a
+long and expensive war. A similar policy was pursued in 1847, when a
+formidable rising occurred, during which Kashgar was taken, and the
+Manchoo forces routed. The Mohammedan leaders agreed to accept the
+emperor's bounty; and on condition of all lives being spared, the
+imperial troops were allowed to recapture Kashgar as by military
+force. A splendid victory was of course announced in the _Peking
+Gazette_; and in the subsequent distribution of rewards, the
+diplomatist was raised ten steps above the general.
+
+It is commonly believed that the Celestial Empire dwells in perpetual
+peace within itself, as the fruit of that universal spirit of
+subordination and filial obedience which is the great object of all
+its institutions. Nothing, however, can be more erroneous. Not only do
+the restless Tatars frequently break into revolt, but in China itself,
+the extortions of the mandarins, or the occurrence of famine,
+frequently excites a village, a city, or even a large district to
+rebellion; and there are cases of an infuriated population actually
+broiling their magistrates over a slow fire. The usual policy of
+Taou-Kwang in all such cases was to send an army, but at the same time
+to set the leaders at loggerheads by administering suitable bribes,
+and inducing them to betray each other. In this manner, a civil war
+can be brought to a speedy conclusion; and then the cruelty of the
+victorious government knows no bounds. 'The treatment of political
+prisoners,' says our author, 'is really so shocking as to be
+incredible, if one had not been an eye-witness of these inhuman
+deeds.'
+
+The volume affords us some amusing particulars connected with the
+collision with England. When the British fleet was expected in the
+Chinese waters, the imperial orders were, to 'listen to no proposals,
+but fire on the ships, and annihilate them at once.' To the great
+emperor, it would have appeared quite ridiculous to condescend to
+negotiation with so inferior a power as Britain: he had given his
+orders; these must be obeyed; and his minister had himself written a
+letter to Queen Victoria, that she might not plead ignorance of the
+high behests of his Celestial majesty. It was not till the fleet
+appeared at the mouth of the Pei-Ho, and the capital was in danger,
+that Taou-Kwang deigned to seek an accommodation by means of his
+smooth-tongued minister Keshen, who negotiated an armistice, promising
+that all wrongs would be redressed by a commission appointed to meet
+the British representatives at Canton. But as soon as the fleet turned
+southward, the danger was considered visionary; and again the cry
+arose to punish the insolence of the Western barbarians, as the
+English were politely designated. The empress-dowager, who was never
+before known to meddle with state affairs, told her son that 'the
+English and Chinese could not co-exist under the canopy of heaven;
+that the Celestial Empire must assert its superiority over these
+barbarian robbers; and that unless he waged war to their utter
+extermination, his ancestors would never acknowledge him in Hades.'
+Keshen was now denounced as a traitor to his country for having come
+to any terms; he was sentenced to death; and though his execution was
+deferred, yet his whole property, amounting in silver alone to the
+value of three millions sterling, was confiscated; his very wives were
+sold by auction; and he who had been one of the richest men in the
+empire, had not the means of buying himself a jacket.
+
+Elepoo, the imperial commissioner at Ning-poo, opposite Chusan, was
+also denounced. His crime was, that he had, according to the terms of
+the truce, surrendered the English prisoners, notwithstanding the
+counter-orders he had received to send them to Peking as trophies of
+victory, to be cut to pieces according to custom. Among them was a
+captain's wife, who had been wrecked, and had thus fallen into his
+power. A happy thought struck some of the mandarins--that she might be
+passed off as the sister of the barbarian Queen. She was accordingly
+put into a cage, and carried about for exhibition; but Elepoo
+delivered her from the excruciating death she would have suffered as
+Queen Victoria's sister, and restored her to her countrymen. The whole
+cabinet was indignant; he was summoned to appear immediately before
+his exasperated sovereign, and sentenced to transportation to the
+deserts of Manchooria.
+
+When it came to fighting in earnest, and there was for the Chinese, as
+we know, nothing but utter defeat, still there was no report sent to
+court but of victory. But as million after million of taëls vanished,
+and grandee after grandee disappeared, the emperor was obliged to be
+informed of the real state of affairs, and his wrath knew no bounds.
+In vain he threatened utter destruction to the barbarians, if they did
+not instantly leave the coasts; in vain called on the people to arm
+themselves _en masse_, and protect their lives and property: no one
+stirred, and the emperor resorted to new counsellors for new plans of
+defence. It was now gravely proposed, to build a fleet three times as
+powerful as that of the British, and station it near Singapore and
+Anjeer, to intercept the British vessels ere they reached China, and
+annihilate their fleet piecemeal. The forests were to be felled to
+supply materials: the only thing wanting was some English men-of-war,
+to serve as models. Again, Hou-chunn, the Marshal Ney of China, was
+ready to face the whole British fleet if he had but a steamer to carry
+6000 men, half divers, half gunners; the divers would jump into the
+water, and sink the English ships by boring large holes in them, while
+the gunners would keep up an incessant fire. Striking as this plan
+appeared, the emperor doubted its practicability. Imitation steamships
+had been attempted already; but though they looked quite like the
+foreign ones, they would not move: the paddles had to be turned like a
+treadmill. Another great suggestion, was to march 300,000 men right
+through the Russian territories to London, and put a stop to all
+further operations by crushing the English at home!
+
+Meanwhile, the British arms prevailed; and when the fleet reached the
+first bend in the Yang-tse-kiang, there happened a solar eclipse; it
+was impossible not to see that the sun of China had set for ever!
+
+When Taou-Kwang found that the danger actually threatened his throne
+and his person, he hastily packed up his effects, and prepared to fly
+to some of the interior provinces; but being assured that peace might
+yet be obtained, he gave _carte blanche_ for its conclusion. 'One can
+form no adequate idea,' says Dr Gutzlaff, 'of the utter amazement of
+the Chinese on perceiving that the "son of heaven" was not invincible;
+and that he was even fallible; a revulsion of feeling took place, such
+as had never been known before; and the political supremacy which
+China had so proudly asserted, was humbled in the dust.'
+
+As soon as peace was concluded, the first care of Taou-Kwang was to
+punish the champions who had clamoured for war, but proved cowards in
+the fight. Some had already died of grief, some had committed suicide,
+and others had fled. But those who remained within the monarch's
+grasp, besides many civil and military officers who had been compelled
+to surrender their cities, were treated with merciless severity.
+Keshen's extreme sentence was reversed, and he was made pipe-bearer to
+the emperor.
+
+A new era had now commenced. It had been proved to a demonstration,
+that the mandarins were common mortals, and that the great emperor did
+not sway the whole world. Democratic assemblies rose in every part of
+the land; the people must be consulted where their happiness was
+concerned; the citizens and peasants turned politicians; and if in any
+case remonstrance failed, they proceeded, _en masse_, to the
+government offices, and carried by force what was denied to courtesy.
+The emperor learning these movements, instantly took the popular side;
+laid all the blame on the mandarins, and superseded those who had
+given offence. The taxes which had been refused, he remitted as an act
+of sovereign favour; and the laws were relaxed--often to the injury of
+well-disposed citizens. The people were again and again termed the
+dear children of the emperor, and every member of the cabinet found
+his best interest in advocating popular measures.
+
+The rest of Taou-Kwang's reign was spent chiefly in endeavours to
+improve his naval and military forces, and in fruitless struggles to
+replenish the exhausted treasury of the state. His own, meanwhile, was
+full to overflowing, having received immense accessions from the
+confiscated property of his unsuccessful generals and degraded
+ministers. He died on the 25th of February 1850, aged sixty-nine. In
+his will, there appears the following notice of the English war: 'The
+little fools beyond the Western Ocean were chastised and quelled by
+our troops, and peace was soon made; but we presumed not to vaunt our
+martial powers.'
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] London: Smith, Elder, & Co.: 1852.
+
+
+
+
+A GLIMPSE OF BALLYVOURNEY.
+
+
+Among the various plans that have been suggested for ameliorating the
+condition of Ireland, and improving the moral and social status of her
+people, I know of few better calculated to produce these beneficial
+results than that of opening good lines of road through wild and
+uncultivated districts, and by this means facilitating the intercourse
+between the inhabitants of almost unknown regions and those of more
+advanced and enlightened districts. Where this has been done, in
+conjunction with other local improvements, a moral regeneration has
+taken place that could scarcely be credited by those who have not
+witnessed the effect. In proof of what I say, I will endeavour to give
+a short account of a journey I made last summer from Cork to the
+far-famed Lakes of Killarney. I had performed the same journey several
+years before; but I now travelled, after passing Macroom, by a road
+that had been made since my last visit, through Ballyvourney, a wild
+and mountainous district, formerly impassable. The territorial
+improvements there are now matter of history, it having been proved
+before the Commissioners of Land Inquiry, that land, valued at 3s. 9d.
+per acre, had been made permanently worth L.4 per acre by a small
+outlay, which, with all expenses, rent, and interest of money, was
+repaid in three years.
+
+The land had been deep turf (peat), and all but useless for
+agricultural purposes. By drainage, cultivation, and irrigation,
+however, it was made to produce the finest meadow grass, sold annually
+by public auction for from L.4 to L.6 per acre; and sometimes it
+yielded a second, and even a third crop. The great secret of this
+improvement was, that the then proprietor gave his steward, who was
+likewise his relation, a permanent interest in his outlay, by letting
+him the land on lease for ever. In consequence of his doing so, the
+very worst land, judging by the surface, has been made equal in value
+to town fields; and in the progress of this work, the wildest race
+perhaps in the world, have now become a civilised and industrious
+people. Mr C---- has sold his interest in the improvements for
+L.10,000, calculated, on the average profit of past years, at twenty
+years' purchase.
+
+When he first undertook the work, he had every difficulty to contend
+with: the people were unused to labour, and so wild and savage, that
+no stranger dared to settle among them. I was told that when the first
+land-steward was seen at the chapel in a dress which denoted him to be
+a stranger, he heard a man behind him telling another in Irish--which
+he supposed to be unknown to the stranger--the part of his neck in
+which he would plant a deadly wound before he got home. The steward
+fortunately understood the native tongue, and quitting the chapel
+before the service was over, he fled from the dangerous place.
+
+The present civilisation and industrious habits of the people,
+compared with their barbarism thirty years ago, shews that the Irish
+character, when properly directed, is as capable of advancement as any
+other in the world. There was at that time no road into or out of
+Ballyvourney: it was in this respect like the Happy Valley. The passes
+are yet in existence, and are fearful to look at, where a gentleman
+from Kenmare, on his journeys to Cork, used to bring his chariot,
+accompanied by a number of footmen, and unharnessing the horses, let
+it down by ropes from the top of the precipice. There is another spot
+of the kind on the road from Killarney to Cahersiveen and Valentia,
+where on the side of the Hill of Droum, nearly precipitous from the
+sea, is the track-mark of the carriage-road, if such it can be called,
+where the vehicle used to be supported and dragged by men. A new road
+has since been made there: the Atlantic Ocean is so directly beneath,
+that a passenger may drop a stone into it as he drives along; while
+Droum Hill stands perpendicularly above him. It is a most magnificent
+scene; terminating with the ruins of Daniel O'Connell's birthplace.
+Visitors to Ireland usually conclude their journey at Killarney; but
+if they would continue their route to Caragh Lake, Blackstone, Lady
+Headley's improvements, and go on through the Pass of Droum to
+Valentia and Cahersiveen, they would discover that Killarney is only
+the opening to a scene of grandeur and sublimity.
+
+Mr C---- found Ballyvourney in the inaccessible state I have
+described. The people held every year, on Whitsunday, a royal
+faction-fight; and for this, preparation was made almost every Sunday
+in the year. They fought with deadly weapons, sticks loaded with lead,
+and stones. Pensioners, who were accustomed to firearms, were hired
+for the occasion; but the weapon chiefly used was a short scythe, and
+men may still be found bearing its mark in contracted legs and arms:
+one man having Tim Halisy, his mark; another, Paddy Murphy, his mark,
+indelibly inscribed on his body. They had little or no agriculture--no
+wheeled cart, and scarcely even a spade. A crop of oats was a
+curiosity; and when there was such a thing, the only mode of conveying
+it to market was on a horse's back. Their agricultural operations were
+confined to feeding cattle, and they depended on their milk and butter
+for paying their rent, and purchasing the necessaries of life. Their
+mode of carrying butter to Cork was curious. I have often seen crowds
+of thirty, forty, or fifty men, seated on little ill-formed horses,
+which had two panniers swinging on the back, containing frequently
+only a single firkin of butter in one, and a stone in the other, the
+man being seated between. They fed their horses on the road-side,
+never entering an inn-yard; and they generally travelled by night. No
+one would trust another with his property; and on their journey of
+forty Irish miles, they expended no money. The scythe was their
+farming-implement to cut such coarse hay as grew in the bottoms near
+rivers. On Whitsunday, whoever could keep possession of a large stone
+called _Carrigun na Killeagh_, was champion for the year, and the
+party to which he belonged was triumphant until the next annual
+battle. On one occasion, the battle was almost ended, the champion was
+possessor of the stone for nearly the prescribed time; he gave one
+cheer of victory, then another, and was about to give the crowning
+cheer, when a signal was made to a pensioner, who had been hired for
+the purpose, and placed in ambush. He fired, and the ball pierced the
+conqueror's neck, without mortally wounding him. The man fell, and
+while on the ground, was seen pulling the moss and grass around him,
+and stuffing them into the wound, to prevent the flow of blood, that
+he might again mount the rock of victory. The next day he was seen out
+of doors by the doctor, for whom his wife had secretly sent; and after
+much entreaty, his determination not to allow the opposite party to
+know that he had been seriously hurt was overcome, and he permitted
+the doctor to examine the wound, and replace the styptics of his own
+providing with more scientific remedies.
+
+Another story of the barbarism of the people was told me on my
+journey. A farmer's cow had momentarily trespassed on another man's
+land, one of a hostile faction. The farmer offered to pay for the
+damage, but the reply he received was a shot which killed him on the
+spot. His brother, who saw the catastrophe, ran to raise the victim;
+but the man had already reloaded his gun, and shot the brother dead. A
+third brother, having seen the two fall, ran to the succour so
+quickly, that the murderer had not time to complete the reloading of
+his gun; and as a crowd was collecting, he ran off. Mr C---- used
+every exertion to have him taken, and for three years was
+unsuccessful; until obtaining the aid of a neighbour, a petty
+chieftain of a hostile clan, he at last succeeded. On the trial, one
+of the men who had witnessed the murders, and whom Mr C---- called to
+swear informations, denied the guilt of the accused, swore an _alibi_,
+and declared that he had on the day in question sold him a cow at a
+fair twenty miles distant. He was, however, convicted, and hanged on
+the spot where the murders were committed. By punishments of various
+kinds--transporting the most hardened, and sending others to the
+treadmill--the people were at length brought into some sort of order.
+
+Tim Halisy was Mr C----'s right-hand man--his manager, sub-agent,
+&c.: he was rich in cows and sheep; and though rather advanced in
+life, he married a very young girl, who had a fortune of forty cows.
+By degrees, Tim grew careless, lost his office, and resolved
+henceforth to enjoy a life of luxury. His habits became deteriorated;
+and during the latter years of his life, a gallon of whisky was sent
+for daily to the public-house; and this was put into the milk-pails,
+and the cows milked into it. Upon this sustenance, Tim and his wife
+lived; they spent the whole day at home drinking, and were not known
+to use bread or animal food. As may be supposed, the cows soon came to
+the market one by one; and Tim and his wife, after years of misery,
+died in great indigence.
+
+In the year 1822, Mr C---- commenced his local improvements. The first
+thing he did was to obtain the opening of a new line of road from
+Macroom to Killarney, and another to Kenmare. In the various works
+connected with these, the people first learned the use of the spade
+and shovel, and became inured to a continued day's work. There was now
+a possibility of carrying corn to market if grown, or of bringing it
+into the parish; and Mr C---- built a mill for grinding it. He also
+built an inn, and induced a coach-proprietor to run his coach from
+Cork to Killarney through Ballyvourney, it being a better line in
+distance, level, picturesque, and beautiful--far surpassing in every
+respect the old road by Millstreet. He gave sixty acres of land for a
+clergyman's glebe, built a house for him, and undertook--long previous
+to the late laws--the payment of the incumbent. The Board of First
+Fruits built a church, but were obliged during the work to have the
+protection of the military. In a very extensive culture of turnip and
+corn crops; in drainage on a large scale; in the building of capacious
+farm-offices; in planting the land not of an arable quality; and
+latterly, in the thinning of these plantations--all under the
+direction of a Scotch steward--almost unlimited employment was given;
+in addition to which, the establishment of a dispensary, the constant
+residence of a valuable clergyman, a station for police, and the
+intercourse carried on by the daily running of two public vehicles,
+have combined to render the inhabitants of Ballyvourney as industrious
+and civilised as those in any part of the British islands. They have
+become a quiet and peaceable race; a riot is never heard of among
+them; and the Stone of Victory has long been covered with lichen,
+moss, and grass. The people annually assemble at the Holy Well, and go
+their rounds at the station; and the little image of St Gobnet, in
+the walls of an old church, is still looked on with adoration, and
+handkerchiefs thrown up to touch it, that they may bring healing
+virtue to the sick. The rector's residence is closely adjacent to the
+Holy Well, the station, and the image of St Gobnet, and the stone of
+victory within a few feet of his hall door. Yet he can go to bed at
+night without a lock to a door, or a bar to a window. Women and girls
+may be found in abundance who can thin and hoe turnips in the best
+manner. As good ploughmen and agriculturists in the various
+departments may now be had in Ballyvourney as in most places. All
+faction-fights are at an end; and although, little more than twenty
+years ago, these were the weekly Sabbath occupation, they are now like
+an item of an old almanac. By employing similar means, might not other
+parts of this naturally fine country be equally improved, and made the
+abode of a thriving and contented people?
+
+
+
+
+THE DAUGHTER OF THE BARDI.
+
+A TRUE OLD TALE.
+
+
+The Via dei Bardi is one of the most ancient streets of Florence.
+Long, dark, and narrow, it reaches from the extremity of the Ponte
+Rubaconte to the right of the Ponte Vecchio. Its old houses look
+decayed and squalid now; but in former days they were magnificent and
+orderly, full of all the state of those times, being the residences of
+many of the Florentine nobility. How many struggles of faction, how
+many scenes of civil war, have these old houses witnessed! for in the
+period of their splendour, Florence was torn by intestine feuds; from
+generation to generation, Guelfs and Ghibelines, Bianchi and Neri,
+handed down their bitter quarrels, private and personal animosity
+mingling with public or party spirit, and ending in many a dark and
+violent deed. These combatants are all sleeping now: the patriot, the
+banished citizen, the timid, the cruel--all, all are gone, and have
+left us only tales to read, or lessons to learn, if we can but use
+them. But we are not skilled to teach a lesson; we would rather tell a
+legend of those times, recalled to mind, especially at present,
+because it has been chosen as the subject of a fine picture recently
+finished by a Florentine artist, Benedetto Servolino.
+
+In the Via dei Bardi stood, probably still stands, the house inhabited
+by the chief of the great and noble family from whom it takes its
+name--we write of the period of the fiercest struggles between the
+Guelfs and Ghibelines; and the Bardi were powerful partisans of the
+latter party. In that house dwelt a young girl of uncommon beauty, and
+yet more uncommon character. An old writer thus describes her: 'To
+look on her was enchantment; her eyes called you to love her; her
+smile was like heaven; if you heard her speak, you were conquered. Her
+whole person was a miracle of beauty, and her deportment had a certain
+maidenly pride, springing from a pure heart and conscious integrity.'
+
+From the troubled scenes she had witnessed, her mind had acquired
+composure and courage unusual with her sex, and it was of that high
+stamp that is prone to admire with enthusiasm all generous and
+self-devoting deeds. Such a being, however apt to inspire love, was
+not likely to be easily won; accordingly, the crowd of lovers who at
+first surrounded Dianora gradually dropped off, for they gained no
+favour. All were received with the same bright and beautiful smile,
+and a gay, charming grace, which flattered no man's vanity; so they
+carried their homage to other shrines where it might be more prized,
+though by an inferior idol. And what felt Dianora when her votaries
+left her? We are not told; but not long after, you might see, if you
+walked along the street of the Bardi towards evening, a beautiful
+woman sitting near a balcony: a frame of embroidery is before her; but
+her eyes are oftener turned to the street than to the lilies she is
+working. It is Dianora. But surely it is not idle curiosity that bends
+her noble brow so often this way, and beams in her bright, speaking
+eyes, and sweet, kind smile. On whom is it turned, and why does her
+cheek flush so quickly? A youth of graceful and manly appearance is
+passing her window; his name is Hyppolito: he has long cherished the
+image of Dianora as Dante did that of his Beatrice. In loving her, he
+loved more ardently everything that is good and noble in the world; he
+shunned folly and idleness, and strove to make himself worthy of
+what he believed Dianora to be. At length, one of Cupid's
+emissaries--whether nurse or friend the chronicle does not tell--aided
+Hyppolito in meeting Dianora. One meeting succeeded another, till she
+gave him her heart, as such a true, young heart is given, with entire
+confidence, and a strength of feeling peculiar to herself. But what
+could they hope? Hyppolito's family were of the opposite party, and
+they knew it was vain to expect from them even a patient bearing; nor
+were the Bardi behind in proper feelings of hatred. What was to be
+done? There was but one Dianora--but one Hyppolito in the world; so
+have many wise young people thought of each other both before and
+since the days of the Ghibelines; but these two might be excused for
+thinking so, for many who saw them were of the same opinion. To
+part--what was the world to them if they were parted? Their station,
+their years, their tastes--so removed from noisy and frivolous
+pleasures--their virtuous characters, seemed to point out that they
+were born for each other. What divided them? One only point--the
+adverse political feelings of their families. Shall they sacrifice
+themselves to these? No. Thus reasoned Hyppolito; but we think the
+chronicles exaggerate the virtues of Dianora's character; for how many
+a girl unchronicled by fame has, before the still tribunal of her own
+sense of duty to God and her parents, sacrificed her dearest hopes
+rather than offend them; and this, with all her heroism, Dianora did
+not, but gave up all these dear early claims for her new love.
+
+Delays were needless, for time could do nothing to smooth their path;
+so it was determined that Hyppolito should bring a ladder to Dianora's
+window, and, aided by their friend, they should find their way to a
+priest prepared to give them his blessing. The night appointed
+came--still and beautiful as heart could wish; the stars sparkling in
+the deep blue sky, bright as they may now be seen in that fair clime.
+Hyppolito has reached the house; he has fixed the ladder of ropes;
+there is no moon to betray him; in a minute, his light step will have
+reached the balcony. But there is a noise in the street, and lights
+approaching; the night-guard is passing; they have seen the ladder,
+for the street is narrow. Hyppolito is down, and tries to escape--in
+vain. They seize and drag him to prison. What was he doing there? What
+can he reply? That he meant to enter the house, to carry something
+from it, or commit some bad deed, cannot be denied. He will not betray
+Dianora; it would only be to separate them for ever, and leave her
+with a stained name. He yields to his fate; the proofs are
+irresistible, and, by the severe law of Florence at that period,
+Hyppolito must die. All Florence is in amazement. So estimable a
+youth, to all outward appearance, to be in reality addicted to the
+basest crimes! Who could have believed it? But he confesses; there is
+no room for doubt. Pardon is implored by his afflicted friends; but no
+pardon can be granted for so flagrant a crime.
+
+Hyppolito had one consolation--his father never doubted him; if he
+had, one glance of his son's clear though sad eye, and candid, open
+brow, would have reassured him. He saw there was a mystery, but he was
+sure it involved no guilt on Hyppolito's part. Hyppolito also believed
+that his good name would one day be cleared, and that his noble
+Dianora would in due time remove the stain that clouded it. He
+consented to die, rather than live separated from her. Yet poor
+Hyppolito was sorry to leave the world so young; and sadly, though
+calmly, he arranged his small possessions, for the benefit of those he
+loved, and of the poor, to whom he had always been a friend.
+
+He slept quietly the night preceding the time fixed for his execution,
+and was early ready to take his place in the sad procession. Did no
+thought cross Hyppolito's clear mind, that he was throwing away, in
+weak passion, a life given to him by God for noble ends? We know not;
+but there he was--calm, firm, and serious. His only request was, that
+the procession might pass through the street of the Bardi, which some
+thought was a sign of penitence, an act of humiliation. The sad train
+moves on. An old man sitting at a door rises, strains his eyes to
+catch a last glimpse of Hyppolito, and then covers them in anguish,
+and sinks down again. This is an old man he had saved from misery and
+death. Two youths, hand in hand, are gazing with sad faces, and tears
+run down their cheeks. They are orphans: he had clothed and fed them.
+Hyppolito sees them, and even in that moment remembers it is he who
+deprives them of a protector: but it is too late to think now; for he
+is approaching the scene of his fault and the place of his punishment,
+and other feelings swell in his heart. His brows are contracted; his
+eyes bent on the house of the Bardi, as if they would pierce the
+stones of its walls; and now they are cast down, as though he would
+raise them no more on earth. But he starts, for he hears a loud
+shriek, a rushing, and an opening of the crowd: they seem to be awed
+by something that approaches. It is a woman, whoso violent gestures
+defy opposition; she looks like a maniac just escaped from her
+keepers; she has reached Hyppolito; his fettered arms move as if they
+would receive her, but in vain. She turns to the crowd, and some among
+them recognise the modest and beautiful daughter of Bardi. She calls
+out: 'He is innocent of every crime but having loved me. To save me
+from shame, he has borne all this disgrace. And he is going to death;
+but you cannot kill him now. I tell you he is guiltless; and if he
+dies, I die with him.'
+
+The people stand amazed. At last there is a shout: 'It must be true!
+he is innocent!' The execution is stopped till the truth is
+ascertained, and Dianora's statement is fully confirmed. And who shall
+paint the return from death to life of poor Hyppolito? and to such a
+life! for blazoned as the story of her love had been, Dianora's
+parents, considering also her firm character, subjected even the
+spirit of party to the voice of affection and reason; and Hyppolito's
+family, softened by sorrow, gladly embraced their Ghibeline daughter.
+Whether in after-life Hyppolito and Dianora were distinguished by the
+qualities they had shewn in youth, and whether the promise of
+affection was realised by time and intimate acquaintance, no chronicle
+remains to tell. This short glimpse of both is all that is snatched
+from oblivion--this alone stands out in bright relief, to shew us they
+once were; the rest is lost in the darkness of time.
+
+The moment chosen by the artist is when Dianora rushes from her house
+into the midst of the crowd, and reaches Hyppolito, surrounded by
+priests and soldiers. It is easy to see to what a varied expression of
+passion and action this point of the story gives rise.
+
+
+
+
+A CURIOSITY IN NATURAL HISTORY.
+
+
+The crustacean class of animals, of which the lobster, crab, and
+shrimp are familiar examples, have this peculiarity of structure--that
+their soft bodies are enclosed within a coat-of-mail formed of
+carbonate and phosphate of lime. In fact, they carry their skeleton
+outside their bodies, both for defence of the vital parts within, and
+for the attachment of the muscles which move their limbs, and every
+part of their frame. No warrior of old was ever more completely
+enveloped in his hard coat-of-mail, with its jointed greaves and
+overlapping scales, than is the lobster in its crustaceous covering;
+with this exception, that the warrior could at pleasure unbuckle
+himself from his armour, whereas the body and limbs of the crustacea
+are completely incased in hollow cylinders, firmly and accurately
+jointed, from which there is no such ready release. Now, as this
+shelly integument envelops them from their earliest youth, and as it
+does not expand and grow, the natural growth of the soft body beneath
+would be entirely prevented did not nature supply a remedy of a very
+curious kind--the exuviation, or periodical throwing off of the
+external crust, and the formation of a larger shell-covering fitted
+for the increasing growth of the animal. This is a circumstance which
+has long been familiar to naturalists, and indeed the most ordinary
+observer must have often remarked in the crabs and lobsters brought to
+table, appearances indicative of their change of external coverings.
+In the back of the edible crab, may often be noticed a red membrane
+lining the inner side of the shell, but so loose as to be readily
+detached. Along the greater part of its course this membrane has
+already assumed a half-crustaceous consistence, and is just the
+preparatory process to the old shell being thrown off by the animal.
+There is another curious circumstance which has also been long
+known--that crabs and lobsters can renew lost limbs. Some
+misconception, however, had existed regarding the manner in which this
+was effected, until the observations of the late Sir John Dalyell have
+thrown more accurate light on the subject.
+
+This most amiable and eminent zoologist, who was lost to science last
+year, afforded a pleasing illustration of the solace and delight which
+the pursuit of the study of nature yields to the diligent inquirer
+into her mysteries. With a feeble constitution and frame of body,
+which precluded his mingling in the more active pursuits of everyday
+life, this sedentary philosopher collected around him examples of
+minute and curious being from the depths of the ocean, from lake and
+river, and for many long years found the delight of his leisure hours
+in watching the habits of the animals, and in discovering and
+describing many singular circumstances in the constitution of their
+bodies, and the peculiar adaptations of their structure and instincts
+to their modes of existence. One of his last communications to the
+public, imparted with all the modesty and simplicity of true genius,
+at the last meeting of the British Association in Edinburgh, was on
+this subject of the exuviation of the crustacea.[2]
+
+It appears from Sir John's observations that crustaceans begin to
+throw off their shells at a very early period of their life, even in
+that embryo state in which they first appear after having left the
+egg, and before they have yet assumed the real form of their mature
+state. During every successive exuviation in this embryo state, they
+assume more and more of their perfect and established form. While the
+crab is young and rapidly growing, frequent exuviations take place at
+short intervals, from three to five times in the course of one year.
+Previous to the change, the animal almost ceases to feed, and becomes
+rather inactive; the proper time having at length arrived, exuviation
+is effected in the course of a few hours, body and limbs being alike
+relieved from their hard covering. Until the new shell acquires
+firmness and strength, the creature is very shy, and in the state of
+nature, retires into cavities below rocks or heaps of protecting
+sea-weed. Sir John had kept for some time one of our smaller species
+of shore-crabs (_Carcinus monas_), of medium size, of a brown colour,
+with one white limb. One summer evening it was put outside the window
+in a capacious glass-vessel of sea-water. In the morning a form
+exactly resembling its own, only somewhat larger, lay in the vessel.
+This was the same animal, which had performed exuviation, and
+extricated itself from the old shell during the night. The resemblance
+between both forms was complete--everything was the same, even the
+white limb was seen in both. Another specimen kept was of smaller
+size, the opposite extremities of the limbs being only thirteen lines
+asunder; its colour was green, with three white patches on the back.
+In the course of little more than a year five exuviations took place
+at irregular intervals, the new shell and animal becoming larger each
+time. The third shell came on uniformly green, the white spots being
+entirely obliterated. On the fourth exuviation, the limbs expanded two
+inches and a half. From the long slender form of the limbs of
+crustacea, they are very liable to mutilation. Crabs are also a very
+pugnacious family, and in their battles limbs are often snapped off.
+These mutilations, however, are readily repaired; although, contrary
+to what was the common belief, the restoration takes place only at the
+next regular period of exuviation.
+
+The full-grown common crab (_Cancer pagurus_) is of a reddish-brown
+colour, the claws tipped black; but some of the young are naturally of
+the purest white, which remains long unsullied. This does not arise
+from confinement, which, according to Sir John, has no influence on
+colour. 'A young white specimen of the common crab was subjected to
+observation on 29th September. The body might have been circumscribed
+in a circle three-quarters of an inch in diameter, and the extended
+limbs by one-and-a-half inch in diameter. Its first exuviation ensued
+on 8th November, the second on the 30th of April following, and the
+shell then produced subsisted till 12th September, when another
+exuviation took place, introducing a new shell of such transparent
+white that the interior almost shone through it. All the shells were
+white, and increased somewhat in size successively. This last shell of
+12th September subsisted until 29th March, being 197 days, when it was
+thrown off during another exuviation.'
+
+But what was remarkable, the animal now had only the two large claws,
+the other eight limbs were deficient. 'Resting on its breast as it
+was, I did not at first discover the fact, that the creature presented
+a strange and very uncouth aspect. However, it fed readily, and proved
+very tame, though helpless; often falling on its back, and not being
+able to recover itself from the deficiency of its limbs. I preserved
+this mutilated object with uncommon care, watching it almost
+incessantly day and night: expecting another exuviation which might be
+attended with interesting consequences, I felt much anxiety for its
+survivance. My solicitude was not vain. After the defective shell had
+subsisted eighty-six days, its tenant meantime feeding readily, the
+desired event took place in a new exuviation on 23d June. On this
+occasion a new animal came forth, and in the highest perfection, quite
+entire and symmetrical, with all the ten limbs peculiar to its race,
+and of the purest and most beautiful white. I could not contemplate
+such a specimen of nature's energies restoring perfection, and through
+a process so extraordinary, without admiration. Something yet remained
+to be established: was this perfection permanent, or was it only
+temporary? Like its precursor, this specimen was quite tame, healthy,
+and vigorous. In 102 days it underwent exuviation, when it appeared
+again, perfect as before, with a shell of snowy white, and a little
+red speckling on the limbs. Finally, its shell having subsisted 189
+days, was succeeded by another of equal beauty and perfection, the
+speckling on the legs somewhat increased. As all the shells had
+gradually augmented, so was this larger than the others. The extended
+limbs would have occupied a circle of four inches diameter. About a
+month after this exuviation the animal perished accidentally, having
+been two years and eight months under examination. It was an
+interesting specimen, extremely tame and tranquil, always coming to
+the side of the vessel as I approached, and holding up its little
+claws as if supplicating food.'
+
+The shrimp when in confinement becomes very tame, and readily
+exuviates. The process is frequent, the integument separates entire,
+and is almost colourless. In female crustaceans the roe is placed
+outside the shell to which it adheres. During the period of such
+adherence, the female crab, so far as observation goes, does not
+change its shell--a marked provision of nature to preserve the spawn.
+
+We may remark that other classes of animals exuviate in a similar
+manner to the crustaceans. Thus serpents throw off in entire masses
+their scaly coverings, even a slough from the eyes; and various
+insects in their larva state are continually throwing off and renewing
+their skins.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[2] Report of British Association, 1851. Pp. 120-122.
+
+
+
+
+THE AYAH.
+
+
+Owing to our constant intercourse with India, there are few among us
+who are unacquainted with the word ayah. Some who live in London or
+its neighbourhood may perhaps have occasionally met with one of
+these sable guardian spirits, conducting one or more pale,
+precocious-looking little children to their British friends; or they
+may even have fallen in with a group of the tribe in Kensington
+Gardens, or other public promenades, escorting their little _bâbâs_,
+and herding together, like birds of a feather, attracted by the bonds
+and recollections of colour, climate, caste, and language.
+
+Ayah, in the mouth of a lisping baby, is one of the prettiest words of
+the East, and is learned as soon as papa and mamma, being equally easy
+of articulation. The origin of the word is probably either Portuguese
+or Spanish (_aya_), although it has now become common to all classes,
+Christians, Mohammedans, and Hindoos alike. The Hindostanee word for
+nurse is _m[=a]m[)a]-jee_, or _daee_; the Bengalee, _doodoo_, or
+_dye_.
+
+     [Transcriber's Note: Two diacritical marks are found above
+     the letter "a" in the word "mama-jee" in the previous
+     sentence. They are a macron diacritic, a dash-shaped symbol
+     and a breve diacritic, a u-shaped symbol. These letters are
+     indicated here by the coding [=a] for a macron and [)a] for
+     a breve above the letter "a".]
+
+The ayah is frequently a fixture of long standing in a family,
+descending from mother to daughter; and when this is the case, she is
+no doubt a valuable possession, and is consulted in all the momentous
+matters connected with the nursery. However, at the birth of the first
+baby, she is of course spick-and-span new; and in comes the dusky
+stranger, all pride and expectation, all hope and joy. It is fortunate
+that there is no difference in young babies--that the one is as ugly a
+little thing as the other--and so she is not disappointed: on the
+contrary, she sees with one glance of her dark glittering eyes, which
+have their source of sensation in her woman's heart, a thousand charms
+that distinguish _her_ bâbâ from all the other babies in the universe.
+With something akin to a mother's feelings, she takes the infant in
+her arms, which seems incontinent to become a part of herself, lying
+all day on her knees, and sleeping all night in her bosom; and from
+that moment the nurse, the child, and the paun-box are always
+together.
+
+As the ayah is exclusively attached to the nursery, and has nothing to
+do with household affairs or the laying out of money, she is generally
+a favourite with the other servants, who seem to look upon her as
+holding an intermediate station between them and the mistress. Should
+any of them require leave of absence, for the purpose of attending a
+funeral or a wedding, he applies first to the ayah; or if a little tea
+is wanted for a sick wife or mother, through her also he obtains the
+simple, though to him expensive, restorative. If a pedler comes to the
+door with his box and bundles, he looks up, and spying the ayah in the
+veranda or at the window, he calls out: 'Is anything wanted for
+Mem-Sahib or the bâbâs? Tell the lady I have beautiful things to
+shew.' Away trips the ayah to her mistress, and good-naturedly, or
+perhaps--no, it _shall_ be good-naturedly--lays the discovery before
+her that some trifle is wanted. The man is called in, and succeeds in
+disposing of some of his wares, ribbons, laces, or silks; and the
+ayah, besides having obliged the lady and the pedler, enjoys a small
+modicum of satisfaction herself--who would grudge it?--in pocketing
+the _dustôôree_--a discount of two pice, or half an anna on each
+rupee.
+
+There are ayahs of various castes. The Portuguese ayahs (Roman
+Catholic Christians, born in the country) are no doubt the most
+intelligent and useful; but they are more expensive than the Mussulman
+and Lall Beggies, and are therefore not so frequently employed:
+indeed, it is only in the neighbourhood of Calcutta that they are
+procurable at all. As the Hindostanee women neither knit nor sew, they
+seem to devote their energies exclusively to their infant charge. The
+bâbâ is their work and their play, the exercise of their thoughts, the
+substance of their dreams. He is the only book they read; and the only
+expansion their minds know is from the unfolding of the pages of his
+character. They are proud of that bâbâ, and proud of themselves for
+being his. What a sight it is, the ayah coming in at the dessert, in
+her rustling silks and transparent muslins--so stately in her
+humility, so smilingly self-satisfied--surrounded by the children, and
+holding in her dark, smooth, jewelled arms the son and heir of the
+family, whom she presents to papa to get a bit of cake or sweetmeat!
+
+This is a grand moment for the ayah. Are not the children _hers_? Have
+they not lain upon her bosom all their little lives? And have not the
+charms which she detected with the first glance of her glittering eye,
+been developed under her care into the marvels now before the company?
+But the more tranquil and permanent happiness of the ayah is enjoyed
+while she is watching alone the opening of her buds of beauty, and
+steeping their slumbering senses in the sweet wild music of her
+country. I still sometimes hear in fancy her cradle-song humming in my
+own Old Indian ear as I am falling asleep--although many a long year
+has passed since I heard it in reality, and many a long league is now
+between me and the land of the dear, good, black, comical, kindly
+ayah. Let me try whether I cannot render it, even loosely, in our own
+strong Anglo-Saxon tongue, from the musical, melting Hindostanee:--
+
+    Sleep on, sleep on, my bâbâ dear!
+    Thy faithful slave is watching near.
+    The cradle wherein my babe I fondle,
+    Is made of the rare and bright-red sandal;[3]
+    And the string with which I am rocking my lord,
+    Is a gay and glittering silken cord.
+
+    Sleep on, sleep on, my bâbâ dear!
+    Thy faithful slave is watching near.
+    Thy father, my dear, is the jemadar
+    Of a province which stretches wide and far;
+    And his brother, my child, is a moonsif great,
+    Who ruleth o'er many a ryot's fate.
+
+    Sleep on, sleep on, my bâbâ dear!
+    Thy faithful slave is watching near.
+    Thy mother of hearts is the powerful queen,
+    The loveliest lady that ever was seen;
+    And there ne'er was slave more faithful, I trow,
+    Than she who is rocking thy cradle now.
+
+I have said that our ayah sometimes comes home with her charges--comes
+to our home from her own. It is a bad exchange. She awakes slowly from
+her dream, as she sees the rosy cheeks, full pouting lips, and round
+wondering eyes, that are turned upon the dark stranger and her pale,
+thin, little ones. The comparison is painful; these cherub children
+have no sympathy with the lonely Hindoo; and the servants of the
+house, although awed at first by her foreign aspect, and calm, stately
+air, have no permanent respect for one who ranks neither with their
+superiors nor with themselves. The climate, too, is as chilling as the
+manners around her; her heretofore bâbâs are lords to nobody but
+herself; and so, with one thing and another, she grows home-sick, her
+heart yearns for her own sunny land, and she is glad--sorrowfully
+glad--when at last the announcement is made, that an ayah wants to go
+back to India with a family.
+
+And in India once more, what then? Why then, the great ocean is
+between her and her fledged nurslings, and she looks round for some
+new objects of love and devotion. These she probably finds in another
+home, another mistress, another bâbâ; her heart begins its course
+anew; and the ayah lives a second life in the young lives of her
+children. No joyless existence is hers, no cares without ample
+compensations; but yet when I see in my own country one of these
+solitary, strangely-attired, dark-skinned women, I feel attracted
+towards her by an almost tearful sympathy, and have ever a kind look
+and a warm, gentle word for the poor ayah.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[3] The red sandal-wood is more rare and valuable than the yellow.
+
+
+
+
+SMALL INVESTMENTS.
+
+
+The investment of small savings in land with a view to
+spade-husbandry, was a few years ago brought prominently before the
+working-classes. We took occasion, at the time, to warn the humbler
+classes generally against projects of this kind, but without any
+beneficial effect. Land-schemes, as they were called, were puffed into
+popularity, and all our advices and remonstrances on the subject were
+rejected with disdain. Universal ruin has followed these schemes, and
+the unfortunate dupes are left to mourn their loss. Nothing is more
+specious than a plan of earning an independent livelihood by
+cultivating a few acres of land; but, practically, it is open to some
+serious drawbacks. First, the cultivator requires to be skilled in
+husbandry, and of a bodily frame to endure the fatigue of constant
+out-door labour. Second, his land must be tolerably good, and situated
+under a good climate. Third, the land must be close to a market,
+otherwise the produce cannot be disposed of. The cultivation of a
+small bit of land is in reality a kind of gardening. No horse-labour
+can be employed; all is to be done by the spade. It may be possible,
+therefore, to make a livelihood near a large town, where anything that
+is produced--milk and butter included--will find a ready market at no
+cost of transport; but in other circumstances the thing is almost
+hopeless. It is a notorious fact, that the most wretched of the rural
+population of this country are small cultivators, even if the land
+costs next to nothing. We are aware that the small-farm system is more
+successful in Belgium and Lombardy. On the reasons for this, it is
+here needless to enter. We take the examples offered in Great Britain,
+where it has never come up to the expectations of philanthropists.
+
+The purchase of forty-shilling freeholds has lately been put forward
+as a method of investing money by the working-classes. It is beyond
+our province to speak of the political aims of this form of
+investment. We can recognise a certain good in giving to a working-man
+the feeling, that he is the proprietor of a house or small portion of
+land yielding (along with the franchise in England) a rent of forty
+shillings per annum; but, at the same time, we recognise a
+corresponding evil, and we should be shrinking from our duty if we did
+not mention it in distinct terms. In those localities where operatives
+and others can reckon on constant remunerative employment, it may
+prove a real service in many ways for them to buy a house instead of
+renting one; indeed, we should highly recommend them to become the
+proprietors of the dwellings which they occupy. But in places where
+workmen possess no such assurance or reasonable prospect of
+employment, we would as earnestly dissuade them from taking a step of
+this kind. The capital of a working-man--that on which he must place
+his dependence--is his labour; and this labour he ought to be in a
+position to dispose of to the best advantage. On this account, he
+requires, as a general rule, to hold himself in readiness to go
+wherever his labour is in demand. Of all men, he has the most cause to
+be a citizen of the world. He may find it his interest to remove to
+localities hundreds of miles off; and therefore the fewer obstructions
+to his movements, the better. Heritable property is a fixture. A man
+cannot take it with him, and the sale of it, even when time is
+permitted to seek out a purchaser, is attended with expense and
+difficulty. No doubt the transfer of such property might and ought to
+be vastly lowered in cost; but not until this is done, will it be time
+for the more movable part of the working-classes to consider the
+propriety of saddling themselves with the ownership of lands and
+houses. Such, at least, is our opinion, after much consideration of
+the subject. So many melancholy instances have we seen of working-men
+being ruined by the want of power or will to leave small heritable
+possessions in country towns, where employment deserted them, that we
+entertain a strong feeling against this class of persons investing
+their earnings in fixed property.
+
+Upon the whole, the best thing the humbler classes can do with small
+savings, is to let them accumulate as movable capital. They should
+perceive that, generally speaking, a little money has few advantageous
+outlets. It is only after its increase to a tolerable sum, that it can
+command a good investment. A short time ago, we adverted to the vast
+benefits that would accrue to the working-classes, by legalising
+partnerships in commandite; for this would allow the clubbing of means
+for trading purposes without chance of total loss. Another thing for
+improving the resources of such classes, would be the issue of small
+debentures on land, railways, and other kinds of property; these
+debentures to be registered in such a manner as would admit of legal
+recourse without the tedious and expensive forms now required to
+enforce their liquidation. These, then, are things to be struggled for
+by the humbler orders, indeed by many who ostensibly belong to classes
+higher in social standing.
+
+
+
+
+PLEASURES OF LITERATURE.
+
+
+It may be remembered, that somewhat more than two years ago, Mr
+Willmott's _Journal of Summer-time in the Country_ was noticed in
+these pages. Those who, through that or any other introduction, have
+since become acquainted with that exquisite little volume, will be
+glad to meet the author again, in the not less charming work which he
+has recently put forth, on the _Pleasures, Objects, and Advantages of
+Literature_.[4] The theme itself must be naturally attractive to all
+book-loving people; and we are prepared to say, that it is treated
+with felicity and discrimination. We do not aver that we always concur
+in the writer's judgments, or hold precisely his views of criticism;
+but we are, upon the whole, very decidedly impressed with the general
+force and truth of his Discourse, with the gracefulness of his
+allusions and illustrations, his elegant and pointed style, and the
+bland and genial temper in which he writes. The work consists of a
+series of short chapters on books, authors, the circumstances in which
+they wrote, the moods in which they should be read to be appreciated,
+the nature and specific qualities of taste, poetry, fiction, the
+drama, history, and philosophy. The author's turn of mind is chiefly
+retrospective: he writes more in the spirit of the last age than of
+the present. Indeed, he seems too much inclined to ignore the value of
+our later literature; almost the only modern authors whom he quotes
+are Hallam, Charles Lamb, and Southey; and it is evident, both from
+the style and matter of the work, that the range of his reading has
+been most extensive in what he terms the 'classical criticism and
+biography of the eighteenth century.' This, however, we note only in
+passing, and not at all in the way of condemnation; further than as it
+may indicate the limitations to be expected in his tone of thought and
+sentiment.
+
+Mr Willmott, indeed, speaks disparagingly of some of the severer
+studies--especially of logic and mathematics; declaring that they 'can
+only be useful to a full mind,' and that, 'if they find it empty, they
+leave it in the same state.' Of course, he may be allowed to have his
+opinion on such a matter; but we presume it will not be very generally
+adopted. We agree with him that, 'in moral impression they are
+powerless;' yet we are bound to bear in mind that their _aim_ is not a
+moral one; and we, furthermore, believe that, within their own scope
+and province, they _may_ at least be serviceable in training and
+developing the understanding. Not to dwell longer on this little
+eccentricity of opinion, which is simply one of idiosyncrasy, let us
+follow the author into some of the more congenial sections of his
+dissertation. The following passage, on 'The three essential qualities
+of an author,' seems not unsuitable for quotation:--
+
+'Sir Philip Sidney said, that the most flying wits must have three
+wings--art, meditation, exercise. Genius is in the instinct of flight.
+A boy came to Mozart, wishing to compose something, and inquiring the
+way to begin. Mozart told him to wait. "You composed much earlier?"
+"But asked nothing about it," replied the musician. Cowper expressed
+the same sentiment to a friend: "Nature gives men a bias to their
+respective pursuits, and that strong propensity, I suppose, is what we
+mean by genius." M. Angelo is hindered in his childish studies of art;
+Raffaelle grows up with pencil and colours for playthings: one
+neglects school to copy drawings, which he dared not bring home; the
+father of the other takes a journey to find his son a worthier
+teacher. M. Angelo forces his way; Raffaelle is guided into it. But
+each looks for it with longing eyes. In some way or other, the man is
+tracked in the little footsteps of the child. Dryden marks the three
+steps of progress:--
+
+                       "What the child admired,
+    The youth _endeavoured_, and the man ACQUIRED."
+
+'Dryden was an example of his own theory. He read Polybius, with a
+notion of his historic exactness, before he was ten years old.
+Witnesses rise over the whole field of learning. Pope, at twelve,
+feasted his eyes in the picture-galleries of Spenser. Murillo filled
+the margin of his school-books with drawings. Le Brun, in the
+beginning of childhood, drew with a piece of charcoal on the walls of
+the house. The young Ariosto quietly watched the fierce gestures of
+his father, forgetting his displeasure in the joy of copying from
+life, into a comedy he was writing, the manner and speech of an old
+man enraged with his son.
+
+'Cowley, in the history of his own mind, shews the influence of boyish
+fancies upon later life. He compares them to letters cut in the bark
+of a young tree, which grow and widen with it. We are not surprised to
+hear from a school-fellow of the Chancellor Somers, that he was a
+weakly boy, who always had a book in his hand, and never looked up at
+the play of his companions; to learn from his affectionate biographer,
+that Hammond at Eton sought opportunities of stealing away to say his
+prayers; to read that Tournefort forsook his college class, that he
+might search for plants in the neighbouring fields; or that Smeaton,
+in petticoats, was discovered on the top of his father's barn, in the
+act of fixing the model of a windmill which he had constructed. These
+early traits of character are such as we expect to find in the
+cultivated lawyer, who turned the eyes of his age upon Milton; in the
+Christian, whose life was one varied strain of devout praise; in the
+naturalist, who enriched science by his discoveries; and in the
+engineer, who built the Eddystone Lighthouse.'
+
+This accords very well with a notion of our own. We hold that men have
+a tendency to follow what they are by nature best qualified to succeed
+in; and that the fact ought to be regarded in the education of the
+individual. Education should include the study and trial of aptitudes,
+so that each may be directed to his appropriate vocation. It is true,
+there are sometimes such things as 'false tendencies' to be
+encountered; but these, as Goethe has shewn, may be readily detected,
+inasmuch as they are plainly 'unproductive;' that is to say, the thing
+aimed after does not come out as a recognisable success. False
+tendencies are more easily perceived in others than in
+ourselves--especially when ambition, interest, or vanity is involved
+in the consideration; and on this account the difficulty, perhaps,
+might not be insurmountable, if the charge of it could be committed to
+a really judicious educator. But to say anything further on the
+subject would be out of place at present; and, accordingly, we return
+to what is more immediately before us.
+
+'The instinct of flight,' continues our author, 'is combined with the
+instinct of labour. Genius lights its own fire; but it is constantly
+collecting materials to keep alive the flame. When a new publication
+was suggested to Addison, after the completion of the _Guardian_, he
+answered: "I must now take some time, _pour me délasser_, and lay in
+fuel for a future work." The strongest blaze soon goes out when a man
+always blows and never feeds it. Johnson declined an introduction to a
+popular author with the remark, that he did not desire to converse
+with a person who had written more than he had read.
+
+'It is interesting to follow great authors or painters in their
+careful training and accomplishing of the mind. The long morning of
+life is spent in making the weapons and the armour which manhood and
+age are to polish and prove. Usher, when nearly twenty years old,
+formed the daring resolution of reading all the Greek and Latin
+fathers, and with the dawn of his thirty-ninth year he completed the
+task. Hammond, at Oxford, gave thirteen hours of the day to philosophy
+and classical literature, wrote commentaries on all, and compiled
+indexes for his own use.
+
+'With these calls to industry in our ears, we are not to be deaf to
+the deep saying of Lord Brooke, the friend of Sidney, that some men
+overbuild their nature with books. The motion of our thoughts is
+impeded by too heavy a burden; and the mind, like the body, is
+strengthened more by the warmth of exercise than of clothes. When
+Buffon and Hogarth pronounced genius to be nothing but labour and
+patience, they forgot history and themselves. The instinct must be in
+the mind, and the fire be ready to fall. Toil alone would not have
+produced the _Paradise Lost_ or the _Principia_. The born dwarf never
+grows to the middle size. Rousseau tells a story of a painter's
+servant, who resolved to be the rival or the conqueror of his master.
+He abandoned his livery to live by his pencil; but instead of the
+Louvre, he stopped at a sign-post. Mere learning is only a compiler,
+and does with the pen what the compositor does with the type: each
+sets up a book with the hand. Stone-masons collected the dome of St
+Paul's, but Wren hung it in air.'
+
+There is, perhaps, nothing very profound or original in this, but it
+is all very sensible and pleasant. Something of novelty, however, will
+be observed in the extract which follows next, on 'The Influence of
+Air and Situation on the Thoughts.' The consideration, at anyrate, is
+curious, both under its physiological and metaphysical aspect.
+
+'It has been a subject of ingenious speculation if country or weather
+may be said to cherish or check intellectual growth. Jeremy Collier
+considered that the understanding needs a kind climate for its health,
+and that a reader of nice observation might ascertain from the book in
+what latitude, season, or circumstances, it had been written. The
+opponents are powerful. Reynolds ridiculed the notion of thoughts
+shooting forth with greater vigour at the summer solstice or the
+equinox; Johnson called it a fantastic foppery.
+
+'The atmospheric theory is as old as Homer. Its laureate is
+Montesquieu. The more northerly you go, he said, the sterner the man
+grows. You must scorch a Muscovite to make him feel. Gray was a
+convert. One of the prose hints for his noble fragment of a didactic
+poem runs thus: "It is the proper work of education and government
+united, to redress the faults that arise from the soil and air."
+Berkeley entertained the same feeling. Writing to Pope from Leghorn,
+and alluding to some half-formed design he had heard him mention of
+visiting Italy, he continues: "What might we not expect from a muse
+that sings so well in the bleak climate of England, if she felt the
+same warm sun, and breathed the same air with Virgil and Horace?"
+
+'When Dyer attributes the faults of his _Fleece_ to the Lincolnshire
+fens, he only awakes a smile. Keats wrote his Ode to a Nightingale--a
+poem full of the sweet south--at the foot of Highgate Hill. But we
+have the remark of Dryden--probably the result of his own
+experience--that a cloudy day is able to alter the thoughts of a man;
+and, generally, the air we breathe, and the objects we see, have a
+secret influence upon our imagination. Burke was certain that Milton
+composed _Il Penseroso_ in the long, resounding aisle of a mouldering
+cloister, or ivied abbey. He beheld its solemn gloom in the verse. The
+fine nerves of the mind are braced, and the strings of the harp are
+tuned, by different kinds of temperature. "I think," Warburton
+remarked to Hurd, "you have often heard me say, that my delicious
+season is the autumn--the season which gives most life and vigour to
+my intellectual faculties. The light mists, or, as Milton calls them,
+the steams that rise from the fields in one of these mornings, give
+the same relief to the views that the blue of the plum gives to the
+appetite."
+
+'Mozart composed, whenever he had the opportunity, in the soft air of
+fine weather. His _Don Giovanni_ and the _Requiem_ were written in a
+bowling-green and a garden. Chatterton found a full moon favourable to
+poetic invention, and he often sat up all night to enjoy its solemn
+shining. Winter-time was most agreeable to Crabbe. He delighted in a
+heavy fall of snow; and it was during a severe storm which blocked him
+within doors, that he portrayed the strange miseries of Sir Eustace
+Grey.'
+
+There may be something in this supposed influence of temperature and
+seasons; but there certainly is no general law observable in the
+matter. Shakspeare asks--
+
+    'Oh who can take a fire in his hand
+    By thinking of the frosty Caucasus?
+    Or wallow naked in December's snows
+    By bare remembrance of the summer's heat?'
+
+He might have been answered by Moore, who shut himself up in the
+wintry wilds of Derbyshire to write _Lalla Rookh_--a poem breathing of
+the perfumes, and glowing in the sunlight of the golden East; and by
+Scott, who, in Jermyn Street, St James's, with miles of brick houses
+round him, produced his famous introductions to _Marmion_, some of
+which may rank with the finest descriptions of natural scenery in the
+language. But the way in which people are influenced seems utterly
+capricious. We know a writer who is always unfavourably affected by a
+dull, still atmosphere, and whose faculties are as invariably
+exhilarated by a high wind. Cloudy weather does not influence him
+disagreeably if it be stormy, but calm, leaden November glooms oppress
+him with a feeling bordering upon stupor. These are altogether
+unproductive days with him. If authors, however, are subject in their
+moods to atmospheric and other circumstantial influences, it may be
+expected that readers also are to some extent possessed of a like
+tendency. Mr Willmott has, accordingly, a suitable suggestive word or
+two to guide them in their reading. He says:--
+
+'A classification of authors to suit all hours and weathers might be
+amusing. Ariosto spans a wet afternoon like a rainbow. North winds and
+sleet agree with Junius. The visionary tombs of Dante glimmer into
+awfuller perspective by moonlight. Crabbe is never so pleasing as on
+the hot shingle, when we look up from his verses at the sleepy sea,
+and count the
+
+        "Crimson weeds, which spreading slow,
+    Or lie like pictures on the sand below:
+    With all those bright red pebbles, that the sun
+    Through the small waves so softly shines upon."
+
+'Some books come in with lamps and curtains, and fresh logs. An
+evening in late autumn, when there is no moon, and the boughs toss
+like foam raking its way back down a pebbly shore, is just the time
+for _Undine_. A voyage is read with deepest interest in winter, while
+the hail dashes against the window. Southey speaks of this delight--
+
+    "'Tis pleasant by the cheerful hearth to hear
+    Of tempests and the dangers of the deep,
+    And pause at times and feel that we are safe;
+    And with an eager and suspended soul,
+    Woo terror to delight us."
+
+'The sobs of the storm are musical chimes for a ghost-story, or one of
+those fearful tales with which the blind fiddler in _Redgauntlet_ made
+"the auld carlines shake on the settle, and the bits of bairns skirl
+on their minnies out frae their beds."
+
+'Shakspeare is always most welcome at the chimney-corner; so is
+Goldsmith: who does not wish Dr Primrose to call in the evening, and
+Olivia to preside at the urn? Elia affirms, that there is no such
+thing as reading or writing, but by a candle; he is confident that
+Milton composed the morning hymn of Eden with a clear fire burning in
+the room; and in Taylor's gorgeous description of sunrise, he found
+the smell of the lamp quite overpowering.... But Elia,' he says
+further on, 'carried his fireside theory too far. Some people have
+tried "the affectation of a book at noonday in gardens and sultry
+arbours," without finding their task of love to be unlearnt. Indeed,
+many books belong to sunshine, and should be read out of doors.
+Clover, violets, and hedge-roses, breathe from their leaves; they are
+most lovable in cool lanes, along field-paths, or upon stiles overhung
+by hawthorn; while the black-bird pipes, and the nightingale bathes
+its brown feathers in the twilight copse.
+
+'The sensation is heightened when an author is read amid the scenery
+or the manners which he describes--as Barrow studied the sermons of
+Chrysostom in his own see of Constantinople. What daisies sprinkle the
+walks of Cowper, if we take his _Task_ for a companion through the
+lanes of Weston! Under the thick hedges of Horton, darkening either
+bank of the field in the September moonlight, _Il Penseroso_ is still
+more pensive. And whoever would feel at his heart the deep pathos of
+Collins's lamentation for Thomson, must murmur it to himself, as he
+glides upon the stealing wave, by the breezy lawns and elms of
+Richmond.'
+
+Our author has some judicious remarks on 'Criticism, its Curiosities
+and Researches,' and is himself a critic of refined and delicate
+appreciation. We certainly do not agree with him in thinking that the
+literature of the last century is superior to that of the present; but
+we can nevertheless admit that many of his favourite writers are
+deserving of a higher and more reverent regard than is now generally
+awarded them. We would quarrel with no man about his preferences;
+still, we cannot hold Mr Willmott justified in such sweeping
+condemnation of our current literature as he appears disposed to pass
+upon it. It would seem, indeed, that in his disgust at 'the corrupted
+streams of popular entertainment,' he has not cared to make himself
+acquainted with the best of our modern writers. Of these he seems--if
+we may judge from his total oversight of them--to have hardly a
+knowledge of the names. 'He lives,' as he admits, 'among the society
+of an elder age.' Here, however, he numbers 'tasteful learning with
+the chiefest blessings of his home.' If he had lived in the last
+century, he would probably have gone back for his idols to an earlier
+one; and yet his remarks on taste and criticism are of a catholic
+nature, although his just application of their canons have this
+chronological boundary. We have no room, however, for his disquisition
+on these elegant subjects; neither can we follow our accomplished
+clergyman into his disquisitions on fiction, history, biography,
+philosophy, and its pleasures, nor the 'domestic interiors' of taste
+and learning. We had intended to quote some fine sentences on the
+consolations of poetry, but find we have not room for them. The reader
+will do well to get the book, and read them there. It is a work
+altogether well worth reading. Nay, it will bear reading many times,
+and even become pleasanter as one's acquaintance with it increases.
+Indeed, it is not at all the kind of book to be run through rapidly,
+and so disposed of; the thought and observation in it are closely
+packed and methodised; and if you wish to derive any benefit, or even
+pleasure from the perusal, you will need to read deliberately. We
+should say the author thoroughly _enjoyed_ his work while he was
+engaged in it; but the workmanship exhibits everywhere the greatest
+care and patience. The same habit of mind employed in writing it will
+be required in the reading. We may describe the book as being a
+graceful, suggestive review of literature, considered with regard to
+its enjoyments. Refined, scholarly, tolerant, and judicious in all his
+tastes and sympathies, the author's influence upon other minds cannot
+be otherwise than wholesome, elevating, and benignant.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[4] _Pleasures, Objects, and Advantages of Literature._ A Discourse,
+by the Rev. Robert Aris Willmott, Incumbent of Bear Wood, Berks.
+Bosworth: London.
+
+
+
+
+THE MISSING SHIP.
+
+
+Alexis Himkof had just taken an affectionate leave of his wife, and
+stood looking after her, on the deck of the vessel to which he had
+been appointed mate, and which had been fitted up for the
+whale-fishery near Spitzbergen, by a merchant of the name of Jeremiah
+Oxladmkof, of Mesen, a town in the province of Jesovia, in the
+government of Archangel. She sailed in 1743 on her first voyage. We
+can conceive how lonely the home of Alexis must have been without him.
+We may be sure that his wife's last prayer at night was offered up for
+his safety. We constantly hear it said, in stormy weather: 'God help
+those who are at sea!' 'God help those who have friends at sea!' might
+be added to the petition; for there are hearts which quail at every
+gust of wind--there are thick-coming fancies, which can conjure up
+tempest-tossed vessels, sweeping gales, and raging billows; and yet
+the ship may at that very moment be in calm waters, or sailing with a
+prosperous breeze.
+
+The time came that there might be some account of Himkof--then, that
+the vessel might be back; but no news or vessel came. Month after
+month passed on, and still it came not; and then years went by, and
+still there was no ship: whenever a sail was seen in the distance, the
+poor wife would hasten to the shore; but still the ship she looked for
+never came. With a sinking heart, she would retrace her steps
+homewards; but still she came again and again, so true it is that
+affection and hope are the last earthly companions that part company.
+The neighbours would look at her as she passed along, and shake their
+heads in pity.
+
+The vessel, which had fourteen hands on board, had sailed on with a
+fair wind for eight days. On the ninth it veered, and instead of
+reaching the west of Spitzbergen, the place of rendezvous for the
+vessels employed annually in the whale-fishery, it was driven eastward
+of those islands. A few days brought her near one of them, known as
+East Spitzbergen. When within about two English miles, she was hemmed
+in by ice, and in extreme danger. In this dreadful emergency, the crew
+consulted on what was best to be done. Himkof mentioned that he had
+been told, some time before, that some men from Mesen, having decided
+on wintering on the island, had provided themselves with timber for
+building a hut, which they accordingly erected at some distance from
+the shore. Being quite aware, that if they remained in their present
+situation, they must inevitably perish, they determined to search for
+the hut, and to winter there, if so fortunate as to find it. Himkof,
+with three others, were selected to make the search. They were
+provided with a musket, twelve charges of powder, a dozen balls, an
+axe, a small kettle, a knife, a tinder-box and tinder, a wooden pipe
+for each, some tobacco, and a bag with twenty pounds of flour. This
+was as much as they could carry with safety, as they had to make their
+way for two miles over loose ridges of ice, which would be still more
+difficult and dangerous if they were overloaded, and it required the
+utmost caution to avoid falling between these ridges, which had been
+raised by the waves and driven together by the winds. The footing once
+lost, inevitable destruction must follow. They had not proceeded above
+an English mile, when, to their great delight, they descried the hut,
+at a distance of about a mile and a half from the shore. Its length
+was thirty-six feet, and its breadth and height eighteen. It consisted
+of two rooms. The antechamber was about twelve feet broad, and had two
+doors--one to exclude the outer air, the other by which it
+communicated with the inner room, in which there was an earthen stove,
+such as is commonly used in Russia. A very slight inspection sufficed
+to shew that the hut had sustained great injury from the weather; but
+to have found it in any condition was a subject of great joy, and they
+availed themselves of its shelter for the night.
+
+Eager to communicate the good news to their companions, they set out
+early the next morning; and as they went on, they chatted cheerfully
+about the stores of ammunition and provisions, and various requisites
+which could be conveyed from the ship, to be stored in the hut for
+winter use. They pursued their way in the highest spirits, picturing
+to themselves the delight which they were about to give to their
+companions. When they arrived on the shore, not a vestige of the ship
+was to be seen; no track through the waters marked her path; all was
+still and silent, desolate and bleak: no familiar face was seen; not
+one of their comrades was left to tell the hapless tale! They stood
+aghast, looking in mute despair upon the sea. The ice by which the
+vessel had been hemmed in had totally disappeared. The violent storm
+of the night before, they concluded, might have been the cause of this
+fatal disaster; the ice might have been disturbed by the agitation of
+the waves, and beaten violently against the ship, till she was
+shattered to pieces; or she might, perhaps, have been carried on by
+the current into the ocean, and there lost. However it might have
+been, they were never to see her again. What a difference a few short
+moments had made in their feelings and in their fate! They thought to
+have re-entered the hut with glad companions; they returned to it the
+sole inhabitants of that desolate region, disconsolate, and utterly
+hopeless of ever leaving it. When they could collect their thoughts,
+they were anxiously turned to the preservation of their lives, for
+which it was necessary to provide some kind of sustenance. The island
+abounded with reindeer, and they brought down one with every charge of
+their powder. They set about devising means to repair the hut, which,
+from the cracks and crevices produced by the weather, let in the
+piercingly cold air in various directions. No wood, or even shrub,
+grew on that sterile ground. Nothing could be more dreary than the
+prospect--a bleak waste without vegetation; the high mountains with
+their rock and crags; the everlasting ice and the vast masses of snow.
+The very sublimity of the scene was awfully impressed with all the
+marks of stern desolation and solitude. As in that cold climate wood
+is not liable to decay, they joined the boards of which the hut was
+constructed, with the help of their axe, very tolerably, filling up
+the crevices with moss, which grows in abundance all over the island.
+The poor men, like all of their country, were expert carpenters, for
+it is customary with them to build their own houses. No want could
+have been more dreadful than that of wood, for without firing, they
+could never bear up against the intense cold.
+
+As they strayed along the beach, they found, to their joy, a quantity
+of wood which had been carried in by the tide. What they first got in
+this way were parts of the wreck of vessels, and afterwards trees,
+which had been uprooted by the overflowing of rivers, and borne by the
+waves into the ocean; but what proved a treasure to the poor
+castaways, were some boards which they discovered on the beach, with a
+long iron hook, some nails of five or six inches long, and thick in
+proportion, and other pieces of iron fastened in them--the sad
+memorials of some shattered vessel. Kind Providence seemed to have
+directed their steps where help was to be found. Just at the time when
+their provisions had nearly failed, and when they were without the
+means of replenishing their store, they perceived, not far from the
+boards, the root of a fir-tree, which had almost taken the form of a
+bow. With the help of their knife, they soon brought it into more
+regular shape, but they were unprovided with a string and with arrows.
+They determined, in the first instance, to make two lances, to guard
+themselves against the formidable attacks of the ferocious white bear;
+but without a hammer, it was impossible to form their heads, or those
+of the arrows. However, by heating the iron hook, and widening a hole
+which it happened to have in the centre, with the help of one of the
+large nails, they inserted the handle, and a round button at one end
+of the hook, made the face of the hammer. A large pebble served for an
+anvil, and a pair of reindeer's horns were the tongs. Such were the
+tools with which they fashioned the heads for two spears, which they
+polished and sharpened on stones, and then tied them fast with strips
+of reindeer-skin to thick sticks, with which they were supplied from
+the branches of trees which had been wafted on shore. Thus armed, they
+attacked a white bear, and after a desperate struggle, they succeeded
+in killing him. They made use of the flesh for food, which they
+described as being like beef; by separating the tendons, they were
+supplied with filaments as fine as they pleased, which enabled them to
+string their bow. Their next work was to form pieces of iron into
+heads for their arrows, like the spears which they had already
+manufactured. They polished and sharpened them in the same way, and
+made them fast to pieces of the fir with the sinews of the white bear;
+feathers of sea-fowl being tied with the filaments. They were now
+equipped with a complete bow and arrows, which proved a most
+serviceable acquisition, and furnished them from time to time with
+reindeer to the amount of 250, besides vast numbers of the blue and
+white foxes; providing them not only with food, but with clothing, as
+their skins were a great defence from the coldness of the climate.
+
+They destroyed no more than ten white bears; these animals defended
+themselves with prodigious strength and fury. The first was attacked
+by the sailors; the other nine were the assailants. Some of them were
+so daring as to walk into the hut in search of their prey. Those among
+them who were the least voracious were easily driven away, but the
+more ravenous were not to be deterred; and it was not without
+encountering the most imminent danger that the men escaped in the
+dreadful conflicts. But they were in continual fear of being devoured,
+as these ferocious animals repeated their visits to the hut, and
+renewed their attacks continually. When they succeeded in slaying one,
+they made use of its flesh as food, which, with that of the reindeer
+and the blue and white foxes, were the only kind they could have in
+that bleak region.
+
+The want of the necessary conveniences obliged them for some time to
+make use of their food without cooking. They had nothing in the way of
+bread or salt. The stove within was set up after the Russian fashion,
+and could boil nothing. The cold was so intense, that all the wood
+they had was reserved for the stove; they had none to spare for making
+a fire outside, from which they would have had but little heat, and
+where they would run the risk of being attacked by the white bear.
+Besides, the masses of snow which fell during the winter months, and
+the heavy rains, would have made it quite impossible, for great part
+of the year, to have kept a fire burning in the open air. They,
+however, thought of a plan by which they were enabled to prepare some
+of their food. In the summer months, they exposed part of their animal
+food in the sun, and then hung it in the upper part of the hut, where
+it became thoroughly dried by the smoke. This food they used as bread,
+with that which they were obliged to eat half raw. By this means they
+were able to keep up a constant supply of provisions. They had water
+in the summer from the rills which fell from the rocks, and in winter,
+they were supplied from the snows and thawed ice. Their only utensil
+for holding water, and substitute for a drinking-cup, was their small
+kettle.
+
+Half of the flour had been consumed by the men with their meat; the
+remaining portion was preserved for a different purpose. The dread of
+their fire going out, and of the difficulty which they should find in
+lighting another, without match or tinder, set their wits to work to
+find means to avert so great a misfortune. They obtained from the
+middle of the island a particular kind of slimy clay, which they had
+observed, and of which they modelled a sort of lamp, and filled it
+with the fat of the reindeer. They contrived a wick with a piece of
+twisted linen. When they flattered themselves that their object was
+accomplished, they met with a great disappointment, for the melting
+grease ran through the lamp. To make a new one, and to fill up the
+pores of the material of which it was made, was now their care. When
+formed, they dried it in the air, and then heated it red-hot, in which
+state they immersed it in their kettle, in a preparation of flour,
+which had been boiled down to the consistence of starch. They now
+tested it by filling it with melted fat, and to their infinite
+delight, they found that they had succeeded in fashioning one that did
+not leak. To make it still more secure, they covered the outside with
+linen dipped in the starch.
+
+In managing to have light during the dreary months of darkness, they
+had attained a great object, which had been doubly desirable on
+account of him who was languishing in sickness. That they might not be
+wholly dependent on one lamp, of which some accident might deprive
+them, they made another. In collecting such wood as had been cast on
+shore for fuel, they had fortunately found some cordage and a little
+oakum (the sort of hemp used for calking ships), which they turned to
+great account as wicks for their lamps. When this store was consumed,
+they had recourse to their shirts and drawers--a part of dress worn by
+almost all Russian peasants--to supply the want. Like the sacred fire,
+these lamps were never suffered to go out. As they were formed soon
+after their arrival, they were kept burning without intermission for
+the years they passed in their comfortless abode.
+
+The sacrifice made of their shirts and drawers exposed them more to
+the intense cold. Their shoes, boots, and other parts of their dress,
+were worn out. In this emergency, it was necessary to form some plan
+for defending themselves from the inclemency of the climate. The skins
+of the reindeer and foxes, which they had converted into bedding, now
+afforded the materials for clothing. They were submerged in fresh
+water for several days, till the hair was so loosened that it was
+easily removed; the leather was then rubbed with their hands till
+nearly dry, then melted reindeer fat was spread over it, and then it
+was again rubbed. It thus became soft, and fit for the use to which it
+was to be put. Some of the skins which they wished to reserve for furs
+did not undergo exactly the same process, but were merely left in
+water for one day, and were then prepared in the same manner, without
+removing the hair. Though now furnished with the materials for
+clothing, they were without the implements necessary for making them
+into articles of dress. They had neither awls for making shoes and
+boots, nor needles for sewing their clothes. Their ingenuity was,
+therefore, again put to the test, and was not slow in making up the
+deficiency. They contrived to make both very well, out of the bits of
+iron which they had collected from time to time. One of their most
+difficult tasks, was to make eyes to their needles; but this they
+accomplished with the help of their knife; for having ground it to a
+very sharp point, and heated a kind of wire, forged for the purpose,
+red-hot, they pierced a hole through one end, and by whetting and
+smoothing it on stones, brought the other to a point. These needles
+were astonishingly well formed, nothing being amiss with them but the
+roughness of the eye, by which the thread was sometimes cut. It was
+indeed surprising that they were so well made, considering the rude
+instruments with which they were fashioned. Having no scissors, they
+were obliged to cut out their clothes with the knife; and though this
+was their first attempt at the trade of shoemaker or tailor, yet they
+contrived to cut out the articles which they required with as much
+precision as if they had served a regular apprenticeship to the
+business. The sinews of the reindeer and bears answered for thread.
+They set earnestly to their work. For summer wear, they made a sort of
+jacket and trousers of the prepared skins; for winter, long fur-gowns,
+with hoods, made after the fashion of those worn by the Laplanders.
+
+The constant employment which their necessities required, and the
+various difficulties which they had to overcome by ingenious
+contrivance, so far from having been a misfortune, may be considered
+as having been the means of preserving these poor men from sinking
+under their unhappy circumstances. But accordingly as their ingenuity
+had supplied their wants, and their minds became more disengaged from
+expedients, their melancholy increased, and they looked round
+despondingly on the sterile and desolate region where, they felt, they
+were to spend the rest of their days, far away from the hearths of
+home, and from early friends and companions. Even the probability of
+that little circle being lessened, and, it might be, reduced to one
+solitary being, was a dreadful thought: each felt that this might be
+his own fate. Then the fear of all means of sustenance failing, and
+the assaults of wild beasts, were dangers too glaring to be forgotten.
+Alexis Himkof, who had left a wife and three children, suffered
+perhaps the most from heart-yearnings after home.
+
+They had already lost one of their companions from the effects of
+scurvy; and now, when six dreary years had nearly passed, another was
+taken from among them. It chanced on the 15th of August 1749, while
+they were lamenting their poor companion, that they descried a vessel.
+Who can describe the tumults of their feelings, the fluttering of
+their hearts? Their fate hung upon a chance. Oh, if she would come to
+relieve them! oh, if they could pass once more those rude barriers of
+ice, and cut through those interminable waves again! But she might
+pass on, and leave them to a fate rendered still more miserable by the
+fallacious gleam of hope. With trembling haste they ran hither and
+thither, and almost flew to light the signal-fires of distress along
+the hills, and now to the beach, to wave the rude flag, formed of a
+reindeer's skin fastened to a pole. What agitating hopes and fears
+were crowded into that space of time, as the vessel made her way
+through the waters! The signals of distress were seen--were heeded!
+She comes! she comes! and now she anchors near the shore. What a day
+of joy and thankfulness! But the delight of the poor mariners may be
+more easily conceived than described. Their bargain with the master of
+the ship--a Russian vessel--was soon made: they were to work for him
+on the voyage, and they agreed to pay eighty rubles on landing. He
+took them on board with all their possessions, consisting of two
+thousand pounds of the lard of the reindeer in the hides of those
+animals, and of the white and blue foxes, and the skins of the ten
+white bears that they had destroyed. They also took with them their
+bow and arrows, and all the implements which they had manufactured.
+These were deposited in a bone box, made with great ingenuity, with no
+tool but their knife. We have in these men a very remarkable example
+of the energy which can sustain in the most trying circumstances, and
+the ingenious skill which can furnish expedients, even in a region so
+destitute of resources. It may well teach us to trust in that good
+Providence which is indeed a present help in trouble.
+
+They reached Archangel on the 28th of September 1749. What happy
+meetings may have been anticipated!--what calamities may have been
+dreaded during that voyage!--How may it have fared with those who were
+left? Will they all be there, to greet with a joyful welcome? What if
+Alexis' wife, worn out by suspense and anxiety, should have sunk into
+an early grave?--or if one among their children should have died?--or
+if the three should all have been swept away? The approaching sail had
+been seen; and the one who for years had clung to a forlorn-hope, was
+again at the water's edge. Alexis stood on the deck. Affection is
+quick-sighted; he was instantly seen and known by his wife! All was
+forgotten--all but that he was there. The distance between them, the
+waves that separated them, were unheeded! Uttering a wild cry of joy,
+she rushed forward to clasp him in her arms. She sprang into the
+water--a little time, and she was extricated. She was insensible when
+taken up. When she came to herself, she was in her husband's
+arms!--their children were about them! What tears of joy were
+shed!--what prayers of thankfulness were offered up!
+
+The foregoing narrative, true in every respect, is drawn up by us from
+documents issued under the authority of the Russian government. It
+shews, in a convincing manner, that subsistence is by no means
+impossible for sailors wrecked and icebound within the polar regions.
+
+
+
+
+WILD ANIMALS IN CONFINEMENT.
+
+
+Were it not that custom reconciles us to everything, a Christian
+community would surely be shocked by the report, and still more by the
+sight, of the sacrifice of innocent and helpless creatures--pigeons
+and rabbits, for instance--to the horrible instincts of snakes, who
+will not eat anything but what is alive. An account was recently given
+of a night-visit to the place of confinement of these disgusting
+reptiles, in which the evident horror of their intended victims,
+confined in the same cages, was distinctly mentioned. The
+gratification of mere curiosity does not justify the infliction of
+such torture on the lower animals. Surely the sight of a stuffed
+boa-constrictor ought to content a reasonable curiosity. Imagine what
+would be felt if a child were subjected to such a fate, or what could
+be answered if the present victims could tell their agonies as well as
+feel them! Byron speaks of the barbarians who, in the wantonness of
+power, were 'butchered to make a Roman holiday;' and verily the
+horrors exhibited in our public gardens and menageries are something
+akin to the fights of gladiators; it is the infliction of misery for
+mere sport. With reference also to lions, tigers, and other ferocious
+animals kept in cages--if retained at all, the space allotted them
+ought to be much larger than it is, so as to allow them full room for
+healthful exercise. At present, they must be wretched; and considering
+also the quantity of food they consume, which might be converted to
+useful purposes--though this is taking a lower view of the matter--it
+is at least desirable that the number should be much smaller, and a
+much greater space allowed them to exhibit their natural vivacity.
+These remarks do not, of course, apply to fowls and other animals who
+are allowed a sufficient share of liberty to exist in comfort, and to
+whom it is not necessary to sacrifice the existence of other
+creatures.--_Ogden's Friendly Observer._
+
+[We entirely agree in reprobating the practice of placing live rabbits
+and other creatures within the cages of boa-constrictors. A
+recollection of a poor little rabbit cowering in the corner of one of
+these cages, as if aware of its approaching fate, has haunted us for
+years. No purpose of science can be answered by this constantly
+recurring barbarity. Zoological Societies should be careful not to run
+any risk of counteracting by such spectacles the elevated feelings
+they are so well calculated to foster.--_Ed. C. E. J._]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Printed and Published by W. and R. CHAMBERS, High Street, Edinburgh.
+Also sold by W. S. ORR, Amen Corner, London; D. N. CHAMBERS, 55 West
+Nile Street, Glasgow; and J. M'GLASHAN, 50 Upper Sackville Street,
+Dublin.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH ***
+
+***** This file should be named 18382-8.txt or 18382-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/3/8/18382/
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer, Richard J. Shiffer and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/18382-8.zip b/18382-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d271db3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18382-8.zip
diff --git a/18382-h.zip b/18382-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c782924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18382-h.zip
diff --git a/18382-h/18382-h.htm b/18382-h/18382-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ccc308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18382-h/18382-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,2556 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
+          content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" />
+
+    <title>
+    The Project Gutenberg eBook of Chambers' Edinburgh Journal No. 433. April 17, 1852
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+    /*<![CDATA[*/
+
+    <!--
+    body                 {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;
+		          max-width: 40em;}
+    p                    {text-align: justify;}
+    p.center             {text-align: center;}
+    blockquote           {text-align: justify; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6    {text-align: center;}
+    pre                  {font-size: 0.8em;}
+    .returnTOC           {text-align: right; font-size: 70%;}
+    hr                   {text-align: center; width: 50%;}
+    html>body hr         {margin-right: 25%; margin-left: 25%; width: 50%;}
+    hr.full              {width: 100%;}
+    html>body hr.full    {margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 0%; width: 100%;}
+    hr.short             {text-align: center; width: 20%;}
+    html>body hr.short   {margin-right: 40%; margin-left: 40%; width: 20%;}
+    .sc			 {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .smcap		 {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .note                {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    span.pagenum         {position: absolute; left: 1%; right: 91%; font-size: 8pt;}
+    .footnote            {font-size: 0.9em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .footnote .label     {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+    .fnanchor            {font-size: smaller; text-decoration: none;
+	                  vertical-align: 0.25em;}
+    .contents
+    {margin-left:30%; margin-right:10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;}
+    .poem
+    {margin-left:20%; margin-right:10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;}
+    .poem .stanza        {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+    .poem span.i0     {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i2     {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i4     {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i8     {display: block; margin-left: 8em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    // -->
+    /*]]>*/
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433
+       Volume 17, New Series, April 17, 1852
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: Robert Chambers and William  Chambers
+
+Release Date: May 12, 2006 [EBook #18382]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer, Richard J. Shiffer and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<h1>CHAMBERS' EDINBURGH JOURNAL</h1>
+
+<h2><a name="Contents" id="Contents">CONTENTS</a></h2>
+
+<div class="contents">
+
+<!-- Autogenerated TOC. Modify or delete as required. -->
+<p>
+<a href="#THE_DINGY_HOUSE"><b>THE DINGY HOUSE.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#THE_LATE_EMPEROR_OF_CHINA"><b>THE LATE EMPEROR OF CHINA.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#A_GLIMPSE_OF_BALLYVOURNEY"><b>A GLIMPSE OF BALLYVOURNEY.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#THE_DAUGHTER_OF_THE_BARDI"><b>THE DAUGHTER OF THE BARDI.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#A_CURIOSITY_IN_NATURAL_HISTORY"><b>A CURIOSITY IN NATURAL HISTORY.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#THE_AYAH"><b>THE AYAH.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#SMALL_INVESTMENTS"><b>SMALL INVESTMENTS.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#PLEASURES_OF_LITERATURE"><b>PLEASURES OF LITERATURE.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#THE_MISSING_SHIP"><b>THE MISSING SHIP.</b></a><br />
+<a href="#WILD_ANIMALS_IN_CONFINEMENT"><b>WILD ANIMALS IN CONFINEMENT.</b></a><br />
+</p>
+<!-- End Autogenerated TOC. -->
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[pg 241]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<img src="images/banner.png"
+          width="100%"
+          alt="Banner: Chambers' Edinburgh Journal" />
+
+<h4>CONDUCTED BY WILLIAM AND ROBERT CHAMBERS, EDITORS OF 'CHAMBERS'S
+INFORMATION FOR THE PEOPLE,' 'CHAMBERS'S EDUCATIONAL COURSE,' &amp;c.</h4>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<table width="100%"
+        summary="Volume, Date and Price">
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><b><span class="sc">No.</span> 433.&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="sc">New Series.</span></b></td>
+<td align="left"><b>SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1852.</b></td>
+<td align="right"><b><span class="sc">Price</span> 1&frac12;<i>d</i>.</b></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<h2><a name="THE_DINGY_HOUSE" id="THE_DINGY_HOUSE"></a>THE DINGY HOUSE.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">London</span> is like a large company, where it is necessary for the master
+or mistress of the house to introduce a great many people to each
+other. Everybody in that overgrown metropolis has things within a few
+doors of his residence, which, if they were suddenly described to him,
+he would hear of with deep interest or extreme astonishment. There is
+a plain back street near the Haymarket, bearing the title of Great
+Windmill Street, in which there is a large, dingy-looking house
+standing somewhat detached, and not appearing to be in the hands of
+ordinary tenants. Very near this, is a distinguished haunt of gaiety,
+very well whitened, and looking very smart, but which would be no
+index to the character or purposes of the dingy mansion. A group of
+dirty children will be found disporting at marbles or pitch-and-toss
+on the paved recess in front; but neither would that scene be found in
+any kind of harmony with the house itself. It is evidently a house
+with a mystery.</p>
+
+<p>Very few people would be found in the course of a day to pass out of
+or into that house. A blind would seldom be raised. A fashionable
+carriage would not once in a twelvemonth be seen rolling up to the
+gloomy portals. Supposing, however, that any one were to be so curious
+as to watch the house for an afternoon, he would probably see two
+women in extraordinary dresses come up to the door, apparently laden
+with some heavy packages, shrouded under their wide black cloaks. He
+would see the door opened with some caution, and the two women would
+then walk in, and be seen no more for that day. He might speculate for
+hours about the business in which these women had been engaged, but in
+vain. He might make inquiries in the neighbourhood, but probably with
+as little result; for, in London, it must be an extraordinary family
+indeed which provokes any inquiry among neighbours, and most
+undoubtedly the inmates of the mansion would never think of
+proclaiming what they were, or how they lived.</p>
+
+<p>Having perhaps by this time excited some curiosity, we must endeavour
+to satisfy it. We happened by mere chance, when spending an evening
+with a friend in a distant part of the town, to hear of this house and
+its tenants; and the doings and character of its inmates struck our
+mind as something so extraordinary, and in some respects so beautiful,
+that we resolved, if possible, to pay it a visit. We did so a few days
+thereafter, under the conduct of a young friend, who kindly undertook
+to smooth away all difficulties in the way of our reception. We can,
+therefore, give some account of the dingy house, with a tolerable
+assurance that, strange as the matter may appear, it is no more than
+true.</p>
+
+<p>This dingy house is possessed by ten women, chiefly natives of France,
+who form a branch of a religious society of recent origin in that
+country, entitled, Les Petites S&oelig;urs des Pauvres (<i>Little
+Sisterhood for the Poor</i>). They have been in this house only for a few
+months, but are already fully engaged in the business to which they
+have devoted themselves&mdash;which is the care and nurture of infirm and
+destitute old women. The extraordinary thing is that the Sisters,
+though most of them are in their education and previous habits
+<i>ladies</i>, literally go about begging for the means of maintaining
+these poor people. Everything is done, indeed, by begging; for on
+entering the sisterhood they renounce all earthly possessions. They
+have begged the means of furnishing their house, and paying their
+rent, which is not an inconsiderable sum; they daily beg for the food,
+clothes, and cordials required for themselves and the objects of their
+charity. What is even more singular, these ladies in all respects
+<i>serve</i> the old women, wash for them, cook for them, act as their
+nurses. They treat themselves less kindly, for out of the broken
+victuals on which exclusively the house is supported, the old women
+always get the first selection, and the ladies only the remaining
+scraps. It is altogether the most striking example of self-denial and
+self-devotion which has ever happened to fall under our attention in
+this country.</p>
+
+<p>We were received in a faded old dining-room, by a Sister whose age
+surprised us, for she did not appear to be above five-and-twenty. Her
+dress consisted of coarse black serge, and a linen cap, such as is
+worn by poor old women in the country. She was evidently a
+well-educated and refined English lady, who, under a different
+impulse, might have very probably been indulging at this moment in the
+gaieties of Almacks. With great courtesy, but without for a moment
+departing from the serious manner in which she had first addressed us,
+she conducted us through the house, and explained its various
+arrangements. We were first shewn into a large hall in the rear, where
+we found about thirty little beds, only a few of which were occupied,
+the greater number of the inmates being able to sit up and move about
+the house. Nothing could exceed the homeliness of the furniture,
+though everything was remarkably clean. In another dormitory up
+stairs, we found ten or twelve bedrid women, one of them within a few
+months of completing the hundredth year of her age, but able to
+converse. Another was a comparatively young woman, who had three
+months ago had a limb amputated. A Sister, in her plain dark dress,
+stood in this room, ready to attend<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[pg 242]</a></span> any of the poor women. We were
+next conducted to a large room, where a number of the inmates were at
+dinner. They rose modestly at our entrance, and we had some difficulty
+in inducing them to resume their seats. We were curious to see the
+viands, knowing that they were composed solely of the crumbs from the
+rich man's table, and having some idea, that as most of the Sisters
+were French, there might be some skill shewn in putting these morsels
+into new and palatable forms. We did not, however, find that the
+dishes were superior to what might have been expected in a workhouse.
+The principal article was a pudding, composed of pounded scraps and
+crusts of bread, and bearing much the appearance of the oatmeal
+porridge of Scotland. Ladies attend the old women at table, acting
+entirely as servants do in a gentleman's dining-room, though only in
+the limited extent to which such services are required at a meal so
+simple. It is only after this meal is concluded, that the ladies sit
+down to their own equally frugal fare. We were curious to know if they
+indulge in tea, considering this as a sort of crucial test of their
+self-denying principles. We were informed that the article is not
+bought for them, on account of its being so expensive. Used tea-leaves
+are obtained from the tables of certain families of rank, and are
+found to be of service for the comfort of the more infirm women. After
+the inmates are served, if any tea be left, it is taken by the ladies.</p>
+
+<p>We next descended to the kitchen, and there found a young woman at
+work as a cook, not a Sister, but one who may be so ere long, if she
+passes her novitiate successfully. The magazine of crusts and lumps of
+bread, of broken meat and cold soups, coffee and tea, which we saw
+here, was a curious sight. We were also shewn the pails and baskets in
+which the Sisters collect these viands. Two go forth every morning,
+and make a round of several hours amongst houses where they are
+permitted to apply. Meat goes into one compartment, bread into
+another. A pail of two divisions keeps a variety of things distinct
+from each other. Demurely pass the dark pair along the crowded
+thoroughfares of the metropolis, objects of momentary curiosity to
+many that pass them, but never pausing for a moment on their
+charitable mission. The only approach to a smile on our conductress's
+face, was when she related to us how, on their return one afternoon, a
+poor woman who had lost a child, traced them to the door, and made a
+disturbance there, under a belief that the cloak of one of them,
+instead of covering a collection of broken meat, concealed her infant.</p>
+
+<p>We were curious to trace the feelings which actuated these ladies in
+devoting themselves to duties so apt to be repulsive to their class.
+Viewing the whole matter with a regard to its humane results, we did
+not doubt that benevolence was the impulse most concerned, directly or
+indirectly, though we of course knew that a religious sanction was
+essential to the scheme. In a conversation, however, with our
+conductress, we could not bring her to admit that mere humanity had
+anything to do with it. The basis on which they proceed is simply that
+text in which Christ expresses his appreciation of those who give a
+cup of cold water in his name. It is professedly nothing more than an
+example of those charitable societies which arise in connection with
+the Catholic faith, and in obedience to its principles, and which
+require that entire renunciation of the world which to a Protestant
+mind appears so objectionable. We have little doubt, nevertheless,
+that a certain amount of benevolence is a necessary, though it may not
+be a directly acknowledged pre-requisite for the profession; for it is
+admitted that some novices find that they have not the <i>vocation</i>, and
+abandon the attempt; while others, by the grace of God, are enabled to
+go on. We cannot regard this idea of 'vocation' as something entirely
+apart from the inherent feelings.</p>
+
+<p>So far as we could understand, the Sisters regard more expressly the
+value of the act of obedience to the injunction of Christ, than the
+feeling from which, we would say, the injunction sprang&mdash;an error, as
+we most humbly think, though one of a kind which we do not feel called
+upon to discuss in the presence of results so much in accordance with
+our own best feelings. We would only say, that there is something
+disappointing in finding how much the whole procedure is beheld by
+these self-devoting women, as reflecting on their own destinies. It
+appears that their patients often grumble both at the food and the
+attendance which they receive. The Sisters say, they like to meet an
+ungrateful old woman, as it tries their humility and forbearance: it
+makes the greater merit towards an end in which they themselves are
+concerned. Now, we would put all this aside, and think only of the
+divinely recommended sentiment of the text, as calculated in some
+degree to make our life on earth an approach to that of its author. It
+is really hypercritical, however, even to intimate these dissenting
+remarks, especially when our main end is, after all, merely to bring
+the public into knowledge of an extraordinary phenomenon in human
+conduct, going on in an age which seems generally of so opposite a
+character.</p>
+
+<p>The Society of Les Petites S&oelig;urs is, it appears, a new one, having
+originated only a few years ago in the exertions of an old female
+servant, who, having saved a little money, thought it could not be
+better employed than in succouring the aged and infirm of her own sex.
+Her idea was taken up by others of her own order, as well as by women
+of superior grade. The society was formed, and establishments were
+quickly set up in various parts of France. It was only in 1851 that a
+detachment of the sisterhood came to England, and settled themselves
+in Great Windmill Street, where, whatever be their motives, it must be
+admitted they contribute in no slight degree to the alleviation of
+that vast mass of misery which seems an inseparable element of large
+cities. They had, at the time of our visit, forty-seven old persons
+under their care.</p>
+
+<p>At a subsequent period of the same day, we visited an establishment
+somewhat similar at Hammersmith&mdash;at least similar in the repulsive
+character of the duties, though externally much more elegant. It is
+housed in a range of good buildings secluded in a garden, and is
+devoted to the reception of unfortunate young women who, under
+penitent feelings, wish to be restored to respectable society. The
+Sisterhood of the Good Shepherd, as they are called, entertain in this
+house nearly 100 such women, who, while undergoing the process of
+religious and moral regeneration, employ themselves in washing, so as
+to contribute to their own support. We saw the whole engaged in their
+humble employment, excepting a few who were under training in a
+school. At all times, in their bedrooms, at their meals, in their
+work-rooms, in their play-ground, they are under the immediate eye of
+some of the Sisters; but the general treatment includes as much
+kindness as is consistent with the object held in view. One trait of
+this kindness struck us as involving a remarkable delicacy: there is
+never, from first to last, one word of reference made to their former
+life. They are accepted as so many children coming to school for the
+first time. Even their names are sunk out of sight, and new ones
+applied. The Sisters speak of them as 'the children.' We learned that
+Protestant women are welcomed, but are expected not to stand out in
+inconvenient dissent from the ordinary rules of the house. We walked
+into the garden under the care of the mother-superior, and saw their
+little burial-ground, marked with low wooden crosses inscribed to
+Laura, to Perpetua, to Mary of the Seven Dolours, and other such
+names, indicating so many unfortunates who had here found a rest from
+their troubles. We likewise visited the chapel, the body of which is
+arranged for the use of the sisterhood; while a wing running off at
+the side of the altar, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[pg 243]</a></span> concealed from view, is provided with
+seats for the penitents. The whole establishment is characterised by
+remarkably good taste. There is here a more cheerful tone than in the
+Great Windmill Street institution. The Sisters spoke, as usual, of
+being entirely happy&mdash;that unaccountable phenomenon to a Protestant
+mind.</p>
+
+<p>We do not need to inform the reader, that conventual establishments
+are not now so thin-sown in England as they were a few years ago, or
+that they occasionally draw into their circle individuals who started
+in life with very different prospects before them. The whole subject
+is one worthy of some inquiry, as a feature of our social state, by no
+means devoid of political importance; and it is for this very reason
+that we draw attention to the subject. Instead of contemptuously
+ignoring such things, let them, we say, be made known and investigated
+in a calm and philosophical spirit. It is for want of a steady
+comprehension of facts of the kind here adverted to, that an illusion
+is kept up respecting our existing social condition. It is heedlessly
+said, and every one repeats the error, that the age is a hard,
+mechanical one, which shines only in splendid materialities; but is it
+compatible with this notion, that there is ten times more earnest
+religious feeling of one kind and another than there was thirty years
+ago; that antiquities, medi&aelig;val literature and architecture, are
+studied with a zeal hitherto unknown; and that such mystical writers
+as Carlyle, Tennyson, and Browning, carry off the palm from all the
+calm-blooded old-school men of letters? We rather think it is the most
+romantic, supra-material age that has yet been seen. The resurrection
+of conventual life, in some instances Catholic, in others Protestant,
+appears to us as one of the facts of this unexpected reaction, which
+doubtless will run its course, and then give place to something else,
+though not, we trust, till out of its commixture of good and evil some
+novelty hopeful for humanity has sprung.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="THE_LATE_EMPEROR_OF_CHINA" id="THE_LATE_EMPEROR_OF_CHINA"></a>THE LATE EMPEROR OF CHINA.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">The</span> announcement of a work by the late Dr Gutzlaff, entitled the <i>Life
+of Taou-Kwang, late Emperor of China, with Memoirs of the Court of
+Peking</i>,<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> excited a good deal of expectation; but for our own part,
+now that the book is published, we must confess our disappointment on
+finding it not a well-constructed memoir, but a volume bearing the
+appearance of a collection of materials put together just as they came
+to hand, with a view to re-arrangement. Declining health probably
+prevented the author from perfecting his plan, and hurried his pages
+to the press; death has now removed him from his labours. But a
+collection of authentic historic facts is valuable, however loosely
+embodied; and few writers have enjoyed such favourable opportunities
+as Dr Gutzlaff for obtaining them.</p>
+
+<p>Referring first to the personal history of Taou-Kwang, we find that
+his education was more Tatar than Chinese. He was one of the numerous
+grandchildren of the imperial house of Keelung, but without any
+expectation of filling the throne, as both his mother and paternal
+grandmother were inferior members of the imperial harem. The
+discipline under which the royal family was trained, was of the
+strictest kind. Each of the male children, on completing his sixth
+year, was placed with the rest under a course of education
+superintended by the state. Though eminent doctors were engaged to
+instruct them in Chinese literature, yet archery and horsemanship were
+considered higher accomplishments, and the most expert masters from
+Mongolia and Manchooria trained them in these exercises. They were
+treated as mere schoolboys, were allotted a very small income for
+their maintenance, were closely confined to the apartments assigned to
+them, kept in entire ignorance of passing events, and allowed little
+intercourse with the court&mdash;none with the people. Not till each had
+passed his twentieth year, was there any relaxation of this
+discipline. Taou-Kwang was about this age when his father ascended the
+throne, in consequence of the somewhat capricious appointment of
+Keelung, who abdicated, and soon after died. The new emperor
+surrounded himself with buffoons, playactors, and boon-companions. The
+debaucheries, jealousies, and cruelties of his reign, remind us of
+what we have half sceptically read of Nero and Caligula. But
+Taou-Kwang kept aloof alike from the frivolities and the intrigues of
+his father's court: he seemed to have no desire ungratified so long as
+he had his bow and arrows, his horse and matchlock; and even after he
+was unexpectedly nominated heir to the throne, in consequence of
+having personally defended his father from a band of assassins, his
+new expectations made no difference in his frugal and modest way of
+life. The emperor at length died; it did not clearly appear by what
+means, and it would perhaps have been troublesome to inquire: the
+empress-dowager waived the claims of her son; and Taou-Kwang ascended
+the throne without bloodshed. The luxury of the preceding reign now
+gave place to sobriety and economy; though the usual ceremonies of the
+court were strictly observed, they were conducted in the least
+expensive manner; and the ruling passion of the monarch soon appeared
+to be avarice.</p>
+
+<p>Taou-Kwang had no taste either for literature or the arts; and he
+jumbled together in one large magazine the beautiful pictures, clocks,
+and musical instruments accumulated by his ancestors. To explain and
+repair these, there had always been Europeans, chiefly Portuguese, in
+attendance; and to some of these we have been indebted in times past
+for memoirs of the court of Peking; but Taou-Kwang dismissed the last
+of them. It is believed that an undefined dread of Western power had
+much to do with this distaste for the products of its ingenuity.</p>
+
+<p>The only orgies which the emperor seemed desirous of maintaining, were
+feasts for the promotion of Manchoo union; on which occasions, the
+Manchoos assembled to eat meat without rice&mdash;in order to maintain the
+recollection of their Nimrodic origin&mdash;and to drink an intoxicating
+liquor made of mare's milk. He had a favourite sequestered abode at no
+great distance from the capital, where he had allowed the vegetation
+to run wild and rank, in order to make it a rural retreat, instead of
+an imperial park. All business was excluded from the precincts, and
+here the emperor spent much of his time, wandering solitarily on foot
+among the trees, amusing himself with the friends of his youth, or
+sailing, with some of the ladies of his family, along the mimic
+rivers.</p>
+
+<p>According to traditional usage, the monarch must perform a pilgrimage
+to the tombs of his ancestors. The astronomical, or rather
+astrological board having ascertained the month, the day, the hour,
+even the minute, when the stars would prove propitious, the cavalcade
+set out. The princes of the blood, the ladies of the palace, and the
+favourite ministers of the court, formed part of the train, which was
+attended by at least 2000 camels. But even an emperor cannot travel
+through waste and desert lands without inconvenience; and though great
+preparations had been made beforehand in erecting temporary dwellings
+where no villages were to be found, yet his Celestial majesty, with
+his court, had often to bivouac under tents in the open air. The
+people crowded in thousands to see their sovereign&mdash;a liberty which,
+it is well known, may not be used in Peking, where every one must
+hasten to hide his head as from the fabled Gorgon. The ancestral tombs
+at Mookden, where the imperial manes repose under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[pg 244]</a></span> care of a large
+garrison, were at length reached. And now Taou-Kwang became a family
+man, abandoning the forms of state and the pomp of empire, and
+mingling in familiar intercourse with his relatives and attendants.
+Such particulars prove that we must receive at very considerable
+discount the descriptions hitherto published concerning the extreme
+sacredness of the emperor's person, the monotonous routine of ceremony
+to which he is condemned, and the impossibility of his 'indulging in
+the least relaxation from the fatiguing support of his dignity.' Turn
+we now to public events.</p>
+
+<p>By a series of unexpected conquests, the three largest empires in the
+world have been gradually approaching each other's frontiers in Asia.
+England, from the distant West, has formed military establishments
+bordering on Thibet; China, from the remote East, has come to take
+that country under its dominion; while Russia, the colossus of Europe,
+has traversed the ice-fields of Siberia, and furnished an extensive
+northern frontier to Mongolia and Manchooria, the Tatar dominions of
+China. These powers, by their combined influence, keep within bounds
+the lawless hordes of Asia, by whose frequent irruptions in past ages
+vast regions of more civilised territory were overwhelmed, and whole
+nations extirpated. The empire that effects most in this way is China,
+and that with the smallest amount of means. Its frontier army is
+indeed but a burlesque compared with the well-appointed warriors of
+England and Russia; yet the Usbecks, Calmuks, and Kinghis are kept in
+subjection. The volume before us gives some insight into the mode in
+which this is accomplished.</p>
+
+<p>A formidable insurrection, excited partly by religious enthusiasm,
+broke out in the western parts of Chinese Tatary in 1826. An able
+leader was found in Tehangir, a descendant of one of the former
+princes. He proclaimed himself the deliverer of the faithful from the
+infidel yoke, drew multitudes to his standard, and proceeded
+victoriously from city to city. The imperial army sent to quell this
+insurrection cost on an average L.23,000 of our money per day; and
+though victories were, as usual, reported, there was no appearance of
+the war coming to a termination. What prowess could not effect was
+accomplished by bribery. The Mohammedans were themselves divided into
+rival factions; and the Karatak ('black caps') were induced by Chinese
+diplomacy to turn against the Altktak ('white caps'), to whom Tehangir
+belonged. He was betrayed, taken to Peking, and cut to pieces in
+presence of the emperor; after which, nearly the whole of Turkistan
+was laid waste by fire and sword. After twenty more of the rebels had
+been decapitated, the emperor enacted new laws for the country, with
+the view of attaching the people to himself by the mildness of his
+rule. The black caps were promoted either to offices of trust in their
+own country, or to places of distinction in the Chinese army. When
+Turkistan again became the seat of trouble in 1830, the emperor at
+once sent 4000 camels with 2,000,000 ta&euml;ls of silver (about L.700,000)
+to settle matters, which was considered much wiser than to engage in a
+long and expensive war. A similar policy was pursued in 1847, when a
+formidable rising occurred, during which Kashgar was taken, and the
+Manchoo forces routed. The Mohammedan leaders agreed to accept the
+emperor's bounty; and on condition of all lives being spared, the
+imperial troops were allowed to recapture Kashgar as by military
+force. A splendid victory was of course announced in the <i>Peking
+Gazette</i>; and in the subsequent distribution of rewards, the
+diplomatist was raised ten steps above the general.</p>
+
+<p>It is commonly believed that the Celestial Empire dwells in perpetual
+peace within itself, as the fruit of that universal spirit of
+subordination and filial obedience which is the great object of all
+its institutions. Nothing, however, can be more erroneous. Not only do
+the restless Tatars frequently break into revolt, but in China itself,
+the extortions of the mandarins, or the occurrence of famine,
+frequently excites a village, a city, or even a large district to
+rebellion; and there are cases of an infuriated population actually
+broiling their magistrates over a slow fire. The usual policy of
+Taou-Kwang in all such cases was to send an army, but at the same time
+to set the leaders at loggerheads by administering suitable bribes,
+and inducing them to betray each other. In this manner, a civil war
+can be brought to a speedy conclusion; and then the cruelty of the
+victorious government knows no bounds. 'The treatment of political
+prisoners,' says our author, 'is really so shocking as to be
+incredible, if one had not been an eye-witness of these inhuman
+deeds.'</p>
+
+<p>The volume affords us some amusing particulars connected with the
+collision with England. When the British fleet was expected in the
+Chinese waters, the imperial orders were, to 'listen to no proposals,
+but fire on the ships, and annihilate them at once.' To the great
+emperor, it would have appeared quite ridiculous to condescend to
+negotiation with so inferior a power as Britain: he had given his
+orders; these must be obeyed; and his minister had himself written a
+letter to Queen Victoria, that she might not plead ignorance of the
+high behests of his Celestial majesty. It was not till the fleet
+appeared at the mouth of the Pei-Ho, and the capital was in danger,
+that Taou-Kwang deigned to seek an accommodation by means of his
+smooth-tongued minister Keshen, who negotiated an armistice, promising
+that all wrongs would be redressed by a commission appointed to meet
+the British representatives at Canton. But as soon as the fleet turned
+southward, the danger was considered visionary; and again the cry
+arose to punish the insolence of the Western barbarians, as the
+English were politely designated. The empress-dowager, who was never
+before known to meddle with state affairs, told her son that 'the
+English and Chinese could not co-exist under the canopy of heaven;
+that the Celestial Empire must assert its superiority over these
+barbarian robbers; and that unless he waged war to their utter
+extermination, his ancestors would never acknowledge him in Hades.'
+Keshen was now denounced as a traitor to his country for having come
+to any terms; he was sentenced to death; and though his execution was
+deferred, yet his whole property, amounting in silver alone to the
+value of three millions sterling, was confiscated; his very wives were
+sold by auction; and he who had been one of the richest men in the
+empire, had not the means of buying himself a jacket.</p>
+
+<p>Elepoo, the imperial commissioner at Ning-poo, opposite Chusan, was
+also denounced. His crime was, that he had, according to the terms of
+the truce, surrendered the English prisoners, notwithstanding the
+counter-orders he had received to send them to Peking as trophies of
+victory, to be cut to pieces according to custom. Among them was a
+captain's wife, who had been wrecked, and had thus fallen into his
+power. A happy thought struck some of the mandarins&mdash;that she might be
+passed off as the sister of the barbarian Queen. She was accordingly
+put into a cage, and carried about for exhibition; but Elepoo
+delivered her from the excruciating death she would have suffered as
+Queen Victoria's sister, and restored her to her countrymen. The whole
+cabinet was indignant; he was summoned to appear immediately before
+his exasperated sovereign, and sentenced to transportation to the
+deserts of Manchooria.</p>
+
+<p>When it came to fighting in earnest, and there was for the Chinese, as
+we know, nothing but utter defeat, still there was no report sent to
+court but of victory. But as million after million of ta&euml;ls vanished,
+and grandee after grandee disappeared, the emperor was obliged to be
+informed of the real state of affairs, and his wrath knew<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[pg 245]</a></span> no bounds.
+In vain he threatened utter destruction to the barbarians, if they did
+not instantly leave the coasts; in vain called on the people to arm
+themselves <i>en masse</i>, and protect their lives and property: no one
+stirred, and the emperor resorted to new counsellors for new plans of
+defence. It was now gravely proposed, to build a fleet three times as
+powerful as that of the British, and station it near Singapore and
+Anjeer, to intercept the British vessels ere they reached China, and
+annihilate their fleet piecemeal. The forests were to be felled to
+supply materials: the only thing wanting was some English men-of-war,
+to serve as models. Again, Hou-chunn, the Marshal Ney of China, was
+ready to face the whole British fleet if he had but a steamer to carry
+6000 men, half divers, half gunners; the divers would jump into the
+water, and sink the English ships by boring large holes in them, while
+the gunners would keep up an incessant fire. Striking as this plan
+appeared, the emperor doubted its practicability. Imitation steamships
+had been attempted already; but though they looked quite like the
+foreign ones, they would not move: the paddles had to be turned like a
+treadmill. Another great suggestion, was to march 300,000 men right
+through the Russian territories to London, and put a stop to all
+further operations by crushing the English at home!</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, the British arms prevailed; and when the fleet reached the
+first bend in the Yang-tse-kiang, there happened a solar eclipse; it
+was impossible not to see that the sun of China had set for ever!</p>
+
+<p>When Taou-Kwang found that the danger actually threatened his throne
+and his person, he hastily packed up his effects, and prepared to fly
+to some of the interior provinces; but being assured that peace might
+yet be obtained, he gave <i>carte blanche</i> for its conclusion. 'One can
+form no adequate idea,' says Dr Gutzlaff, 'of the utter amazement of
+the Chinese on perceiving that the "son of heaven" was not invincible;
+and that he was even fallible; a revulsion of feeling took place, such
+as had never been known before; and the political supremacy which
+China had so proudly asserted, was humbled in the dust.'</p>
+
+<p>As soon as peace was concluded, the first care of Taou-Kwang was to
+punish the champions who had clamoured for war, but proved cowards in
+the fight. Some had already died of grief, some had committed suicide,
+and others had fled. But those who remained within the monarch's
+grasp, besides many civil and military officers who had been compelled
+to surrender their cities, were treated with merciless severity.
+Keshen's extreme sentence was reversed, and he was made pipe-bearer to
+the emperor.</p>
+
+<p>A new era had now commenced. It had been proved to a demonstration,
+that the mandarins were common mortals, and that the great emperor did
+not sway the whole world. Democratic assemblies rose in every part of
+the land; the people must be consulted where their happiness was
+concerned; the citizens and peasants turned politicians; and if in any
+case remonstrance failed, they proceeded, <i>en masse</i>, to the
+government offices, and carried by force what was denied to courtesy.
+The emperor learning these movements, instantly took the popular side;
+laid all the blame on the mandarins, and superseded those who had
+given offence. The taxes which had been refused, he remitted as an act
+of sovereign favour; and the laws were relaxed&mdash;often to the injury of
+well-disposed citizens. The people were again and again termed the
+dear children of the emperor, and every member of the cabinet found
+his best interest in advocating popular measures.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of Taou-Kwang's reign was spent chiefly in endeavours to
+improve his naval and military forces, and in fruitless struggles to
+replenish the exhausted treasury of the state. His own, meanwhile, was
+full to overflowing, having received immense accessions from the
+confiscated property of his unsuccessful generals and degraded
+ministers. He died on the 25th of February 1850, aged sixty-nine. In
+his will, there appears the following notice of the English war: 'The
+little fools beyond the Western Ocean were chastised and quelled by
+our troops, and peace was soon made; but we presumed not to vaunt our
+martial powers.'</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> London: Smith, Elder, &amp; Co.: 1852.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="A_GLIMPSE_OF_BALLYVOURNEY" id="A_GLIMPSE_OF_BALLYVOURNEY"></a>A GLIMPSE OF BALLYVOURNEY.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">Among</span> the various plans that have been suggested for ameliorating the
+condition of Ireland, and improving the moral and social status of her
+people, I know of few better calculated to produce these beneficial
+results than that of opening good lines of road through wild and
+uncultivated districts, and by this means facilitating the intercourse
+between the inhabitants of almost unknown regions and those of more
+advanced and enlightened districts. Where this has been done, in
+conjunction with other local improvements, a moral regeneration has
+taken place that could scarcely be credited by those who have not
+witnessed the effect. In proof of what I say, I will endeavour to give
+a short account of a journey I made last summer from Cork to the
+far-famed Lakes of Killarney. I had performed the same journey several
+years before; but I now travelled, after passing Macroom, by a road
+that had been made since my last visit, through Ballyvourney, a wild
+and mountainous district, formerly impassable. The territorial
+improvements there are now matter of history, it having been proved
+before the Commissioners of Land Inquiry, that land, valued at 3s. 9d.
+per acre, had been made permanently worth L.4 per acre by a small
+outlay, which, with all expenses, rent, and interest of money, was
+repaid in three years.</p>
+
+<p>The land had been deep turf (peat), and all but useless for
+agricultural purposes. By drainage, cultivation, and irrigation,
+however, it was made to produce the finest meadow grass, sold annually
+by public auction for from L.4 to L.6 per acre; and sometimes it
+yielded a second, and even a third crop. The great secret of this
+improvement was, that the then proprietor gave his steward, who was
+likewise his relation, a permanent interest in his outlay, by letting
+him the land on lease for ever. In consequence of his doing so, the
+very worst land, judging by the surface, has been made equal in value
+to town fields; and in the progress of this work, the wildest race
+perhaps in the world, have now become a civilised and industrious
+people. Mr C&mdash;&mdash; has sold his interest in the improvements for
+L.10,000, calculated, on the average profit of past years, at twenty
+years' purchase.</p>
+
+<p>When he first undertook the work, he had every difficulty to contend
+with: the people were unused to labour, and so wild and savage, that
+no stranger dared to settle among them. I was told that when the first
+land-steward was seen at the chapel in a dress which denoted him to be
+a stranger, he heard a man behind him telling another in Irish&mdash;which
+he supposed to be unknown to the stranger&mdash;the part of his neck in
+which he would plant a deadly wound before he got home. The steward
+fortunately understood the native tongue, and quitting the chapel
+before the service was over, he fled from the dangerous place.</p>
+
+<p>The present civilisation and industrious habits of the people,
+compared with their barbarism thirty years ago, shews that the Irish
+character, when properly directed, is as capable of advancement as any
+other in the world. There was at that time no road into<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[pg 246]</a></span> or out of
+Ballyvourney: it was in this respect like the Happy Valley. The passes
+are yet in existence, and are fearful to look at, where a gentleman
+from Kenmare, on his journeys to Cork, used to bring his chariot,
+accompanied by a number of footmen, and unharnessing the horses, let
+it down by ropes from the top of the precipice. There is another spot
+of the kind on the road from Killarney to Cahersiveen and Valentia,
+where on the side of the Hill of Droum, nearly precipitous from the
+sea, is the track-mark of the carriage-road, if such it can be called,
+where the vehicle used to be supported and dragged by men. A new road
+has since been made there: the Atlantic Ocean is so directly beneath,
+that a passenger may drop a stone into it as he drives along; while
+Droum Hill stands perpendicularly above him. It is a most magnificent
+scene; terminating with the ruins of Daniel O'Connell's birthplace.
+Visitors to Ireland usually conclude their journey at Killarney; but
+if they would continue their route to Caragh Lake, Blackstone, Lady
+Headley's improvements, and go on through the Pass of Droum to
+Valentia and Cahersiveen, they would discover that Killarney is only
+the opening to a scene of grandeur and sublimity.</p>
+
+<p>Mr C&mdash;&mdash; found Ballyvourney in the inaccessible state I have
+described. The people held every year, on Whitsunday, a royal
+faction-fight; and for this, preparation was made almost every Sunday
+in the year. They fought with deadly weapons, sticks loaded with lead,
+and stones. Pensioners, who were accustomed to firearms, were hired
+for the occasion; but the weapon chiefly used was a short scythe, and
+men may still be found bearing its mark in contracted legs and arms:
+one man having Tim Halisy, his mark; another, Paddy Murphy, his mark,
+indelibly inscribed on his body. They had little or no agriculture&mdash;no
+wheeled cart, and scarcely even a spade. A crop of oats was a
+curiosity; and when there was such a thing, the only mode of conveying
+it to market was on a horse's back. Their agricultural operations were
+confined to feeding cattle, and they depended on their milk and butter
+for paying their rent, and purchasing the necessaries of life. Their
+mode of carrying butter to Cork was curious. I have often seen crowds
+of thirty, forty, or fifty men, seated on little ill-formed horses,
+which had two panniers swinging on the back, containing frequently
+only a single firkin of butter in one, and a stone in the other, the
+man being seated between. They fed their horses on the road-side,
+never entering an inn-yard; and they generally travelled by night. No
+one would trust another with his property; and on their journey of
+forty Irish miles, they expended no money. The scythe was their
+farming-implement to cut such coarse hay as grew in the bottoms near
+rivers. On Whitsunday, whoever could keep possession of a large stone
+called <i>Carrigun na Killeagh</i>, was champion for the year, and the
+party to which he belonged was triumphant until the next annual
+battle. On one occasion, the battle was almost ended, the champion was
+possessor of the stone for nearly the prescribed time; he gave one
+cheer of victory, then another, and was about to give the crowning
+cheer, when a signal was made to a pensioner, who had been hired for
+the purpose, and placed in ambush. He fired, and the ball pierced the
+conqueror's neck, without mortally wounding him. The man fell, and
+while on the ground, was seen pulling the moss and grass around him,
+and stuffing them into the wound, to prevent the flow of blood, that
+he might again mount the rock of victory. The next day he was seen out
+of doors by the doctor, for whom his wife had secretly sent; and after
+much entreaty, his determination not to allow the opposite party to
+know that he had been seriously hurt was overcome, and he permitted
+the doctor to examine the wound, and replace the styptics of his own
+providing with more scientific remedies.</p>
+
+<p>Another story of the barbarism of the people was told me on my
+journey. A farmer's cow had momentarily trespassed on another man's
+land, one of a hostile faction. The farmer offered to pay for the
+damage, but the reply he received was a shot which killed him on the
+spot. His brother, who saw the catastrophe, ran to raise the victim;
+but the man had already reloaded his gun, and shot the brother dead. A
+third brother, having seen the two fall, ran to the succour so
+quickly, that the murderer had not time to complete the reloading of
+his gun; and as a crowd was collecting, he ran off. Mr C&mdash;&mdash; used
+every exertion to have him taken, and for three years was
+unsuccessful; until obtaining the aid of a neighbour, a petty
+chieftain of a hostile clan, he at last succeeded. On the trial, one
+of the men who had witnessed the murders, and whom Mr C&mdash;&mdash; called to
+swear informations, denied the guilt of the accused, swore an <i>alibi</i>,
+and declared that he had on the day in question sold him a cow at a
+fair twenty miles distant. He was, however, convicted, and hanged on
+the spot where the murders were committed. By punishments of various
+kinds&mdash;transporting the most hardened, and sending others to the
+treadmill&mdash;the people were at length brought into some sort of order.</p>
+
+<p>Tim Halisy was Mr C&mdash;&mdash;'s right-hand man&mdash;his manager, sub-agent,
+&amp;c.: he was rich in cows and sheep; and though rather advanced in
+life, he married a very young girl, who had a fortune of forty cows.
+By degrees, Tim grew careless, lost his office, and resolved
+henceforth to enjoy a life of luxury. His habits became deteriorated;
+and during the latter years of his life, a gallon of whisky was sent
+for daily to the public-house; and this was put into the milk-pails,
+and the cows milked into it. Upon this sustenance, Tim and his wife
+lived; they spent the whole day at home drinking, and were not known
+to use bread or animal food. As may be supposed, the cows soon came to
+the market one by one; and Tim and his wife, after years of misery,
+died in great indigence.</p>
+
+<p>In the year 1822, Mr C&mdash;&mdash; commenced his local improvements. The first
+thing he did was to obtain the opening of a new line of road from
+Macroom to Killarney, and another to Kenmare. In the various works
+connected with these, the people first learned the use of the spade
+and shovel, and became inured to a continued day's work. There was now
+a possibility of carrying corn to market if grown, or of bringing it
+into the parish; and Mr C&mdash;&mdash; built a mill for grinding it. He also
+built an inn, and induced a coach-proprietor to run his coach from
+Cork to Killarney through Ballyvourney, it being a better line in
+distance, level, picturesque, and beautiful&mdash;far surpassing in every
+respect the old road by Millstreet. He gave sixty acres of land for a
+clergyman's glebe, built a house for him, and undertook&mdash;long previous
+to the late laws&mdash;the payment of the incumbent. The Board of First
+Fruits built a church, but were obliged during the work to have the
+protection of the military. In a very extensive culture of turnip and
+corn crops; in drainage on a large scale; in the building of capacious
+farm-offices; in planting the land not of an arable quality; and
+latterly, in the thinning of these plantations&mdash;all under the
+direction of a Scotch steward&mdash;almost unlimited employment was given;
+in addition to which, the establishment of a dispensary, the constant
+residence of a valuable clergyman, a station for police, and the
+intercourse carried on by the daily running of two public vehicles,
+have combined to render the inhabitants of Ballyvourney as industrious
+and civilised as those in any part of the British islands. They have
+become a quiet and peaceable race; a riot is never heard of among
+them; and the Stone of Victory has long been covered with lichen,
+moss, and grass. The people annually assemble at the Holy Well, and go
+their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[pg 247]</a></span> rounds at the station; and the little image of St Gobnet, in
+the walls of an old church, is still looked on with adoration, and
+handkerchiefs thrown up to touch it, that they may bring healing
+virtue to the sick. The rector's residence is closely adjacent to the
+Holy Well, the station, and the image of St Gobnet, and the stone of
+victory within a few feet of his hall door. Yet he can go to bed at
+night without a lock to a door, or a bar to a window. Women and girls
+may be found in abundance who can thin and hoe turnips in the best
+manner. As good ploughmen and agriculturists in the various
+departments may now be had in Ballyvourney as in most places. All
+faction-fights are at an end; and although, little more than twenty
+years ago, these were the weekly Sabbath occupation, they are now like
+an item of an old almanac. By employing similar means, might not other
+parts of this naturally fine country be equally improved, and made the
+abode of a thriving and contented people?</p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="THE_DAUGHTER_OF_THE_BARDI" id="THE_DAUGHTER_OF_THE_BARDI"></a>THE DAUGHTER OF THE BARDI.</h2>
+
+<h3>A TRUE OLD TALE.</h3>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">The</span> Via dei Bardi is one of the most ancient streets of Florence.
+Long, dark, and narrow, it reaches from the extremity of the Ponte
+Rubaconte to the right of the Ponte Vecchio. Its old houses look
+decayed and squalid now; but in former days they were magnificent and
+orderly, full of all the state of those times, being the residences of
+many of the Florentine nobility. How many struggles of faction, how
+many scenes of civil war, have these old houses witnessed! for in the
+period of their splendour, Florence was torn by intestine feuds; from
+generation to generation, Guelfs and Ghibelines, Bianchi and Neri,
+handed down their bitter quarrels, private and personal animosity
+mingling with public or party spirit, and ending in many a dark and
+violent deed. These combatants are all sleeping now: the patriot, the
+banished citizen, the timid, the cruel&mdash;all, all are gone, and have
+left us only tales to read, or lessons to learn, if we can but use
+them. But we are not skilled to teach a lesson; we would rather tell a
+legend of those times, recalled to mind, especially at present,
+because it has been chosen as the subject of a fine picture recently
+finished by a Florentine artist, Benedetto Servolino.</p>
+
+<p>In the Via dei Bardi stood, probably still stands, the house inhabited
+by the chief of the great and noble family from whom it takes its
+name&mdash;we write of the period of the fiercest struggles between the
+Guelfs and Ghibelines; and the Bardi were powerful partisans of the
+latter party. In that house dwelt a young girl of uncommon beauty, and
+yet more uncommon character. An old writer thus describes her: 'To
+look on her was enchantment; her eyes called you to love her; her
+smile was like heaven; if you heard her speak, you were conquered. Her
+whole person was a miracle of beauty, and her deportment had a certain
+maidenly pride, springing from a pure heart and conscious integrity.'</p>
+
+<p>From the troubled scenes she had witnessed, her mind had acquired
+composure and courage unusual with her sex, and it was of that high
+stamp that is prone to admire with enthusiasm all generous and
+self-devoting deeds. Such a being, however apt to inspire love, was
+not likely to be easily won; accordingly, the crowd of lovers who at
+first surrounded Dianora gradually dropped off, for they gained no
+favour. All were received with the same bright and beautiful smile,
+and a gay, charming grace, which flattered no man's vanity; so they
+carried their homage to other shrines where it might be more prized,
+though by an inferior idol. And what felt Dianora when her votaries
+left her? We are not told; but not long after, you might see, if you
+walked along the street of the Bardi towards evening, a beautiful
+woman sitting near a balcony: a frame of embroidery is before her; but
+her eyes are oftener turned to the street than to the lilies she is
+working. It is Dianora. But surely it is not idle curiosity that bends
+her noble brow so often this way, and beams in her bright, speaking
+eyes, and sweet, kind smile. On whom is it turned, and why does her
+cheek flush so quickly? A youth of graceful and manly appearance is
+passing her window; his name is Hyppolito: he has long cherished the
+image of Dianora as Dante did that of his Beatrice. In loving her, he
+loved more ardently everything that is good and noble in the world; he
+shunned folly and idleness, and strove to make himself worthy of what
+he believed Dianora to be. At length, one of Cupid's
+emissaries&mdash;whether nurse or friend the chronicle does not tell&mdash;aided
+Hyppolito in meeting Dianora. One meeting succeeded another, till she
+gave him her heart, as such a true, young heart is given, with entire
+confidence, and a strength of feeling peculiar to herself. But what
+could they hope? Hyppolito's family were of the opposite party, and
+they knew it was vain to expect from them even a patient bearing; nor
+were the Bardi behind in proper feelings of hatred. What was to be
+done? There was but one Dianora&mdash;but one Hyppolito in the world; so
+have many wise young people thought of each other both before and
+since the days of the Ghibelines; but these two might be excused for
+thinking so, for many who saw them were of the same opinion. To
+part&mdash;what was the world to them if they were parted? Their station,
+their years, their tastes&mdash;so removed from noisy and frivolous
+pleasures&mdash;their virtuous characters, seemed to point out that they
+were born for each other. What divided them? One only point&mdash;the
+adverse political feelings of their families. Shall they sacrifice
+themselves to these? No. Thus reasoned Hyppolito; but we think the
+chronicles exaggerate the virtues of Dianora's character; for how many
+a girl unchronicled by fame has, before the still tribunal of her own
+sense of duty to God and her parents, sacrificed her dearest hopes
+rather than offend them; and this, with all her heroism, Dianora did
+not, but gave up all these dear early claims for her new love.</p>
+
+<p>Delays were needless, for time could do nothing to smooth their path;
+so it was determined that Hyppolito should bring a ladder to Dianora's
+window, and, aided by their friend, they should find their way to a
+priest prepared to give them his blessing. The night appointed
+came&mdash;still and beautiful as heart could wish; the stars sparkling in
+the deep blue sky, bright as they may now be seen in that fair clime.
+Hyppolito has reached the house; he has fixed the ladder of ropes;
+there is no moon to betray him; in a minute, his light step will have
+reached the balcony. But there is a noise in the street, and lights
+approaching; the night-guard is passing; they have seen the ladder,
+for the street is narrow. Hyppolito is down, and tries to escape&mdash;in
+vain. They seize and drag him to prison. What was he doing there? What
+can he reply? That he meant to enter the house, to carry something
+from it, or commit some bad deed, cannot be denied. He will not betray
+Dianora; it would only be to separate them for ever, and leave her
+with a stained name. He yields to his fate; the proofs are
+irresistible, and, by the severe law of Florence at that period,
+Hyppolito<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[pg 248]</a></span> must die. All Florence is in amazement. So estimable a
+youth, to all outward appearance, to be in reality addicted to the
+basest crimes! Who could have believed it? But he confesses; there is
+no room for doubt. Pardon is implored by his afflicted friends; but no
+pardon can be granted for so flagrant a crime.</p>
+
+<p>Hyppolito had one consolation&mdash;his father never doubted him; if he
+had, one glance of his son's clear though sad eye, and candid, open
+brow, would have reassured him. He saw there was a mystery, but he was
+sure it involved no guilt on Hyppolito's part. Hyppolito also believed
+that his good name would one day be cleared, and that his noble
+Dianora would in due time remove the stain that clouded it. He
+consented to die, rather than live separated from her. Yet poor
+Hyppolito was sorry to leave the world so young; and sadly, though
+calmly, he arranged his small possessions, for the benefit of those he
+loved, and of the poor, to whom he had always been a friend.</p>
+
+<p>He slept quietly the night preceding the time fixed for his execution,
+and was early ready to take his place in the sad procession. Did no
+thought cross Hyppolito's clear mind, that he was throwing away, in
+weak passion, a life given to him by God for noble ends? We know not;
+but there he was&mdash;calm, firm, and serious. His only request was, that
+the procession might pass through the street of the Bardi, which some
+thought was a sign of penitence, an act of humiliation. The sad train
+moves on. An old man sitting at a door rises, strains his eyes to
+catch a last glimpse of Hyppolito, and then covers them in anguish,
+and sinks down again. This is an old man he had saved from misery and
+death. Two youths, hand in hand, are gazing with sad faces, and tears
+run down their cheeks. They are orphans: he had clothed and fed them.
+Hyppolito sees them, and even in that moment remembers it is he who
+deprives them of a protector: but it is too late to think now; for he
+is approaching the scene of his fault and the place of his punishment,
+and other feelings swell in his heart. His brows are contracted; his
+eyes bent on the house of the Bardi, as if they would pierce the
+stones of its walls; and now they are cast down, as though he would
+raise them no more on earth. But he starts, for he hears a loud
+shriek, a rushing, and an opening of the crowd: they seem to be awed
+by something that approaches. It is a woman, whoso violent gestures
+defy opposition; she looks like a maniac just escaped from her
+keepers; she has reached Hyppolito; his fettered arms move as if they
+would receive her, but in vain. She turns to the crowd, and some among
+them recognise the modest and beautiful daughter of Bardi. She calls
+out: 'He is innocent of every crime but having loved me. To save me
+from shame, he has borne all this disgrace. And he is going to death;
+but you cannot kill him now. I tell you he is guiltless; and if he
+dies, I die with him.'</p>
+
+<p>The people stand amazed. At last there is a shout: 'It must be true!
+he is innocent!' The execution is stopped till the truth is
+ascertained, and Dianora's statement is fully confirmed. And who shall
+paint the return from death to life of poor Hyppolito? and to such a
+life! for blazoned as the story of her love had been, Dianora's
+parents, considering also her firm character, subjected even the
+spirit of party to the voice of affection and reason; and Hyppolito's
+family, softened by sorrow, gladly embraced their Ghibeline daughter.
+Whether in after-life Hyppolito and Dianora were distinguished by the
+qualities they had shewn in youth, and whether the promise of
+affection was realised by time and intimate acquaintance, no chronicle
+remains to tell. This short glimpse of both is all that is snatched
+from oblivion&mdash;this alone stands out in bright relief, to shew us they
+once were; the rest is lost in the darkness of time.</p>
+
+<p>The moment chosen by the artist is when Dianora rushes from her house
+into the midst of the crowd, and reaches Hyppolito, surrounded by
+priests and soldiers. It is easy to see to what a varied expression of
+passion and action this point of the story gives rise.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="A_CURIOSITY_IN_NATURAL_HISTORY" id="A_CURIOSITY_IN_NATURAL_HISTORY"></a>A CURIOSITY IN NATURAL HISTORY.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">The</span> crustacean class of animals, of which the lobster, crab, and
+shrimp are familiar examples, have this peculiarity of structure&mdash;that
+their soft bodies are enclosed within a coat-of-mail formed of
+carbonate and phosphate of lime. In fact, they carry their skeleton
+outside their bodies, both for defence of the vital parts within, and
+for the attachment of the muscles which move their limbs, and every
+part of their frame. No warrior of old was ever more completely
+enveloped in his hard coat-of-mail, with its jointed greaves and
+overlapping scales, than is the lobster in its crustaceous covering;
+with this exception, that the warrior could at pleasure unbuckle
+himself from his armour, whereas the body and limbs of the crustacea
+are completely incased in hollow cylinders, firmly and accurately
+jointed, from which there is no such ready release. Now, as this
+shelly integument envelops them from their earliest youth, and as it
+does not expand and grow, the natural growth of the soft body beneath
+would be entirely prevented did not nature supply a remedy of a very
+curious kind&mdash;the exuviation, or periodical throwing off of the
+external crust, and the formation of a larger shell-covering fitted
+for the increasing growth of the animal. This is a circumstance which
+has long been familiar to naturalists, and indeed the most ordinary
+observer must have often remarked in the crabs and lobsters brought to
+table, appearances indicative of their change of external coverings.
+In the back of the edible crab, may often be noticed a red membrane
+lining the inner side of the shell, but so loose as to be readily
+detached. Along the greater part of its course this membrane has
+already assumed a half-crustaceous consistence, and is just the
+preparatory process to the old shell being thrown off by the animal.
+There is another curious circumstance which has also been long
+known&mdash;that crabs and lobsters can renew lost limbs. Some
+misconception, however, had existed regarding the manner in which this
+was effected, until the observations of the late Sir John Dalyell have
+thrown more accurate light on the subject.</p>
+
+<p>This most amiable and eminent zoologist, who was lost to science last
+year, afforded a pleasing illustration of the solace and delight which
+the pursuit of the study of nature yields to the diligent inquirer
+into her mysteries. With a feeble constitution and frame of body,
+which precluded his mingling in the more active pursuits of everyday
+life, this sedentary philosopher collected around him examples of
+minute and curious being from the depths of the ocean, from lake and
+river, and for many long years found the delight of his leisure hours
+in watching the habits of the animals, and in discovering and
+describing many singular circumstances in the constitution of their
+bodies, and the peculiar adaptations of their structure and instincts
+to their modes of existence. One of his last communications to the
+public, imparted with all the modesty and simplicity of true genius,
+at the last meeting of the British Association in Edinburgh, was on
+this subject of the exuviation of the crustacea.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<p>It appears from Sir John's observations that crustaceans begin to
+throw off their shells at a very early period of their life, even in
+that embryo state in which they first appear after having left the
+egg, and before they have yet assumed the real form of their mature
+state. During every successive exuviation in this embryo state, they
+assume more and more of their perfect and established form. While the
+crab is young<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[pg 249]</a></span> and rapidly growing, frequent exuviations take place at
+short intervals, from three to five times in the course of one year.
+Previous to the change, the animal almost ceases to feed, and becomes
+rather inactive; the proper time having at length arrived, exuviation
+is effected in the course of a few hours, body and limbs being alike
+relieved from their hard covering. Until the new shell acquires
+firmness and strength, the creature is very shy, and in the state of
+nature, retires into cavities below rocks or heaps of protecting
+sea-weed. Sir John had kept for some time one of our smaller species
+of shore-crabs (<i>Carcinus monas</i>), of medium size, of a brown colour,
+with one white limb. One summer evening it was put outside the window
+in a capacious glass-vessel of sea-water. In the morning a form
+exactly resembling its own, only somewhat larger, lay in the vessel.
+This was the same animal, which had performed exuviation, and
+extricated itself from the old shell during the night. The resemblance
+between both forms was complete&mdash;everything was the same, even the
+white limb was seen in both. Another specimen kept was of smaller
+size, the opposite extremities of the limbs being only thirteen lines
+asunder; its colour was green, with three white patches on the back.
+In the course of little more than a year five exuviations took place
+at irregular intervals, the new shell and animal becoming larger each
+time. The third shell came on uniformly green, the white spots being
+entirely obliterated. On the fourth exuviation, the limbs expanded two
+inches and a half. From the long slender form of the limbs of
+crustacea, they are very liable to mutilation. Crabs are also a very
+pugnacious family, and in their battles limbs are often snapped off.
+These mutilations, however, are readily repaired; although, contrary
+to what was the common belief, the restoration takes place only at the
+next regular period of exuviation.</p>
+
+<p>The full-grown common crab (<i>Cancer pagurus</i>) is of a reddish-brown
+colour, the claws tipped black; but some of the young are naturally of
+the purest white, which remains long unsullied. This does not arise
+from confinement, which, according to Sir John, has no influence on
+colour. 'A young white specimen of the common crab was subjected to
+observation on 29th September. The body might have been circumscribed
+in a circle three-quarters of an inch in diameter, and the extended
+limbs by one-and-a-half inch in diameter. Its first exuviation ensued
+on 8th November, the second on the 30th of April following, and the
+shell then produced subsisted till 12th September, when another
+exuviation took place, introducing a new shell of such transparent
+white that the interior almost shone through it. All the shells were
+white, and increased somewhat in size successively. This last shell of
+12th September subsisted until 29th March, being 197 days, when it was
+thrown off during another exuviation.'</p>
+
+<p>But what was remarkable, the animal now had only the two large claws,
+the other eight limbs were deficient. 'Resting on its breast as it
+was, I did not at first discover the fact, that the creature presented
+a strange and very uncouth aspect. However, it fed readily, and proved
+very tame, though helpless; often falling on its back, and not being
+able to recover itself from the deficiency of its limbs. I preserved
+this mutilated object with uncommon care, watching it almost
+incessantly day and night: expecting another exuviation which might be
+attended with interesting consequences, I felt much anxiety for its
+survivance. My solicitude was not vain. After the defective shell had
+subsisted eighty-six days, its tenant meantime feeding readily, the
+desired event took place in a new exuviation on 23d June. On this
+occasion a new animal came forth, and in the highest perfection, quite
+entire and symmetrical, with all the ten limbs peculiar to its race,
+and of the purest and most beautiful white. I could not contemplate
+such a specimen of nature's energies restoring perfection, and through
+a process so extraordinary, without admiration. Something yet remained
+to be established: was this perfection permanent, or was it only
+temporary? Like its precursor, this specimen was quite tame, healthy,
+and vigorous. In 102 days it underwent exuviation, when it appeared
+again, perfect as before, with a shell of snowy white, and a little
+red speckling on the limbs. Finally, its shell having subsisted 189
+days, was succeeded by another of equal beauty and perfection, the
+speckling on the legs somewhat increased. As all the shells had
+gradually augmented, so was this larger than the others. The extended
+limbs would have occupied a circle of four inches diameter. About a
+month after this exuviation the animal perished accidentally, having
+been two years and eight months under examination. It was an
+interesting specimen, extremely tame and tranquil, always coming to
+the side of the vessel as I approached, and holding up its little
+claws as if supplicating food.'</p>
+
+<p>The shrimp when in confinement becomes very tame, and readily
+exuviates. The process is frequent, the integument separates entire,
+and is almost colourless. In female crustaceans the roe is placed
+outside the shell to which it adheres. During the period of such
+adherence, the female crab, so far as observation goes, does not
+change its shell&mdash;a marked provision of nature to preserve the spawn.</p>
+
+<p>We may remark that other classes of animals exuviate in a similar
+manner to the crustaceans. Thus serpents throw off in entire masses
+their scaly coverings, even a slough from the eyes; and various
+insects in their larva state are continually throwing off and renewing
+their skins.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Report of British Association, 1851. Pp. 120-122.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="THE_AYAH" id="THE_AYAH"></a>THE AYAH.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">Owing</span> to our constant intercourse with India, there are few among us
+who are unacquainted with the word ayah. Some who live in London or
+its neighbourhood may perhaps have occasionally met with one of these
+sable guardian spirits, conducting one or more pale,
+precocious-looking little children to their British friends; or they
+may even have fallen in with a group of the tribe in Kensington
+Gardens, or other public promenades, escorting their little <i>b&acirc;b&acirc;s</i>,
+and herding together, like birds of a feather, attracted by the bonds
+and recollections of colour, climate, caste, and language.</p>
+
+<p>Ayah, in the mouth of a lisping baby, is one of the prettiest words of
+the East, and is learned as soon as papa and mamma, being equally easy
+of articulation. The origin of the word is probably either Portuguese
+or Spanish (<i>aya</i>), although it has now become common to all classes,
+Christians, Mohammedans, and Hindoos alike. The Hindostanee word for
+nurse is <i>m&#257;m&#259;-jee</i>, or <i>daee</i>; the Bengalee, <i>doodoo</i>, or
+<i>dye</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The ayah is frequently a fixture of long standing in a family,
+descending from mother to daughter; and when this is the case, she is
+no doubt a valuable possession, and is consulted in all the momentous
+matters connected with the nursery. However, at the birth of the first
+baby, she is of course spick-and-span new; and in comes the dusky
+stranger, all pride and expectation, all hope and joy. It is fortunate
+that there is no difference in young babies&mdash;that the one is as ugly a
+little thing as the other&mdash;and so she is not disappointed: on the
+contrary, she sees with one glance of her dark glittering eyes, which
+have their source of sensation in her woman's heart, a thousand charms
+that distinguish <i>her</i> b&acirc;b&acirc; from all the other babies in the universe.
+With something akin to a mother's feelings, she takes the infant in
+her arms, which seems incontinent to become a part of herself, lying
+all day on her<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[pg 250]</a></span> knees, and sleeping all night in her bosom; and from
+that moment the nurse, the child, and the paun-box are always
+together.</p>
+
+<p>As the ayah is exclusively attached to the nursery, and has nothing to
+do with household affairs or the laying out of money, she is generally
+a favourite with the other servants, who seem to look upon her as
+holding an intermediate station between them and the mistress. Should
+any of them require leave of absence, for the purpose of attending a
+funeral or a wedding, he applies first to the ayah; or if a little tea
+is wanted for a sick wife or mother, through her also he obtains the
+simple, though to him expensive, restorative. If a pedler comes to the
+door with his box and bundles, he looks up, and spying the ayah in the
+veranda or at the window, he calls out: 'Is anything wanted for
+Mem-Sahib or the b&acirc;b&acirc;s? Tell the lady I have beautiful things to
+shew.' Away trips the ayah to her mistress, and good-naturedly, or
+perhaps&mdash;no, it <i>shall</i> be good-naturedly&mdash;lays the discovery before
+her that some trifle is wanted. The man is called in, and succeeds in
+disposing of some of his wares, ribbons, laces, or silks; and the
+ayah, besides having obliged the lady and the pedler, enjoys a small
+modicum of satisfaction herself&mdash;who would grudge it?&mdash;in pocketing
+the <i>dust&ocirc;&ocirc;ree</i>&mdash;a discount of two pice, or half an anna on each
+rupee.</p>
+
+<p>There are ayahs of various castes. The Portuguese ayahs (Roman
+Catholic Christians, born in the country) are no doubt the most
+intelligent and useful; but they are more expensive than the Mussulman
+and Lall Beggies, and are therefore not so frequently employed:
+indeed, it is only in the neighbourhood of Calcutta that they are
+procurable at all. As the Hindostanee women neither knit nor sew, they
+seem to devote their energies exclusively to their infant charge. The
+b&acirc;b&acirc; is their work and their play, the exercise of their thoughts, the
+substance of their dreams. He is the only book they read; and the only
+expansion their minds know is from the unfolding of the pages of his
+character. They are proud of that b&acirc;b&acirc;, and proud of themselves for
+being his. What a sight it is, the ayah coming in at the dessert, in
+her rustling silks and transparent muslins&mdash;so stately in her
+humility, so smilingly self-satisfied&mdash;surrounded by the children, and
+holding in her dark, smooth, jewelled arms the son and heir of the
+family, whom she presents to papa to get a bit of cake or sweetmeat!</p>
+
+<p>This is a grand moment for the ayah. Are not the children <i>hers</i>? Have
+they not lain upon her bosom all their little lives? And have not the
+charms which she detected with the first glance of her glittering eye,
+been developed under her care into the marvels now before the company?
+But the more tranquil and permanent happiness of the ayah is enjoyed
+while she is watching alone the opening of her buds of beauty, and
+steeping their slumbering senses in the sweet wild music of her
+country. I still sometimes hear in fancy her cradle-song humming in my
+own Old Indian ear as I am falling asleep&mdash;although many a long year
+has passed since I heard it in reality, and many a long league is now
+between me and the land of the dear, good, black, comical, kindly
+ayah. Let me try whether I cannot render it, even loosely, in our own
+strong Anglo-Saxon tongue, from the musical, melting Hindostanee:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Sleep on, sleep on, my b&acirc;b&acirc; dear!<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy faithful slave is watching near.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The cradle wherein my babe I fondle,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Is made of the rare and bright-red sandal;<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a><br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And the string with which I am rocking my lord,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Is a gay and glittering silken cord.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Sleep on, sleep on, my b&acirc;b&acirc; dear!<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy faithful slave is watching near.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy father, my dear, is the jemadar<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Of a province which stretches wide and far;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And his brother, my child, is a moonsif great,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Who ruleth o'er many a ryot's fate.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Sleep on, sleep on, my b&acirc;b&acirc; dear!<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy faithful slave is watching near.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy mother of hearts is the powerful queen,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The loveliest lady that ever was seen;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And there ne'er was slave more faithful, I trow,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Than she who is rocking thy cradle now.<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>I have said that our ayah sometimes comes home with her charges&mdash;comes
+to our home from her own. It is a bad exchange. She awakes slowly from
+her dream, as she sees the rosy cheeks, full pouting lips, and round
+wondering eyes, that are turned upon the dark stranger and her pale,
+thin, little ones. The comparison is painful; these cherub children
+have no sympathy with the lonely Hindoo; and the servants of the
+house, although awed at first by her foreign aspect, and calm, stately
+air, have no permanent respect for one who ranks neither with their
+superiors nor with themselves. The climate, too, is as chilling as the
+manners around her; her heretofore b&acirc;b&acirc;s are lords to nobody but
+herself; and so, with one thing and another, she grows home-sick, her
+heart yearns for her own sunny land, and she is glad&mdash;sorrowfully
+glad&mdash;when at last the announcement is made, that an ayah wants to go
+back to India with a family.</p>
+
+<p>And in India once more, what then? Why then, the great ocean is
+between her and her fledged nurslings, and she looks round for some
+new objects of love and devotion. These she probably finds in another
+home, another mistress, another b&acirc;b&acirc;; her heart begins its course
+anew; and the ayah lives a second life in the young lives of her
+children. No joyless existence is hers, no cares without ample
+compensations; but yet when I see in my own country one of these
+solitary, strangely-attired, dark-skinned women, I feel attracted
+towards her by an almost tearful sympathy, and have ever a kind look
+and a warm, gentle word for the poor ayah.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The red sandal-wood is more rare and valuable than the
+yellow.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="SMALL_INVESTMENTS" id="SMALL_INVESTMENTS"></a>SMALL INVESTMENTS.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">The</span> investment of small savings in land with a view to
+spade-husbandry, was a few years ago brought prominently before the
+working-classes. We took occasion, at the time, to warn the humbler
+classes generally against projects of this kind, but without any
+beneficial effect. Land-schemes, as they were called, were puffed into
+popularity, and all our advices and remonstrances on the subject were
+rejected with disdain. Universal ruin has followed these schemes, and
+the unfortunate dupes are left to mourn their loss. Nothing is more
+specious than a plan of earning an independent livelihood by
+cultivating a few acres of land; but, practically, it is open to some
+serious drawbacks. First, the cultivator requires to be skilled in
+husbandry, and of a bodily frame to endure the fatigue of constant
+out-door labour. Second, his land must be tolerably good, and situated
+under a good climate. Third, the land must be close to a market,
+otherwise the produce cannot be disposed of. The cultivation of a
+small bit of land is in reality a kind of gardening. No horse-labour
+can be employed; all is to be done by the spade. It may be possible,
+therefore, to make a livelihood near a large town, where anything that
+is produced&mdash;milk and butter included&mdash;will find a ready market at no
+cost of transport; but in other circumstances the thing is almost
+hopeless. It<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[pg 251]</a></span> is a notorious fact, that the most wretched of the rural
+population of this country are small cultivators, even if the land
+costs next to nothing. We are aware that the small-farm system is more
+successful in Belgium and Lombardy. On the reasons for this, it is
+here needless to enter. We take the examples offered in Great Britain,
+where it has never come up to the expectations of philanthropists.</p>
+
+<p>The purchase of forty-shilling freeholds has lately been put forward
+as a method of investing money by the working-classes. It is beyond
+our province to speak of the political aims of this form of
+investment. We can recognise a certain good in giving to a working-man
+the feeling, that he is the proprietor of a house or small portion of
+land yielding (along with the franchise in England) a rent of forty
+shillings per annum; but, at the same time, we recognise a
+corresponding evil, and we should be shrinking from our duty if we did
+not mention it in distinct terms. In those localities where operatives
+and others can reckon on constant remunerative employment, it may
+prove a real service in many ways for them to buy a house instead of
+renting one; indeed, we should highly recommend them to become the
+proprietors of the dwellings which they occupy. But in places where
+workmen possess no such assurance or reasonable prospect of
+employment, we would as earnestly dissuade them from taking a step of
+this kind. The capital of a working-man&mdash;that on which he must place
+his dependence&mdash;is his labour; and this labour he ought to be in a
+position to dispose of to the best advantage. On this account, he
+requires, as a general rule, to hold himself in readiness to go
+wherever his labour is in demand. Of all men, he has the most cause to
+be a citizen of the world. He may find it his interest to remove to
+localities hundreds of miles off; and therefore the fewer obstructions
+to his movements, the better. Heritable property is a fixture. A man
+cannot take it with him, and the sale of it, even when time is
+permitted to seek out a purchaser, is attended with expense and
+difficulty. No doubt the transfer of such property might and ought to
+be vastly lowered in cost; but not until this is done, will it be time
+for the more movable part of the working-classes to consider the
+propriety of saddling themselves with the ownership of lands and
+houses. Such, at least, is our opinion, after much consideration of
+the subject. So many melancholy instances have we seen of working-men
+being ruined by the want of power or will to leave small heritable
+possessions in country towns, where employment deserted them, that we
+entertain a strong feeling against this class of persons investing
+their earnings in fixed property.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the whole, the best thing the humbler classes can do with small
+savings, is to let them accumulate as movable capital. They should
+perceive that, generally speaking, a little money has few advantageous
+outlets. It is only after its increase to a tolerable sum, that it can
+command a good investment. A short time ago, we adverted to the vast
+benefits that would accrue to the working-classes, by legalising
+partnerships in commandite; for this would allow the clubbing of means
+for trading purposes without chance of total loss. Another thing for
+improving the resources of such classes, would be the issue of small
+debentures on land, railways, and other kinds of property; these
+debentures to be registered in such a manner as would admit of legal
+recourse without the tedious and expensive forms now required to
+enforce their liquidation. These, then, are things to be struggled for
+by the humbler orders, indeed by many who ostensibly belong to classes
+higher in social standing.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="PLEASURES_OF_LITERATURE" id="PLEASURES_OF_LITERATURE"></a>PLEASURES OF LITERATURE.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">It</span> may be remembered, that somewhat more than two years ago, Mr
+Willmott's <i>Journal of Summer-time in the Country</i> was noticed in
+these pages. Those who, through that or any other introduction, have
+since become acquainted with that exquisite little volume, will be
+glad to meet the author again, in the not less charming work which he
+has recently put forth, on the <i>Pleasures, Objects, and Advantages of
+Literature</i>.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> The theme itself must be naturally attractive to all
+book-loving people; and we are prepared to say, that it is treated
+with felicity and discrimination. We do not aver that we always concur
+in the writer's judgments, or hold precisely his views of criticism;
+but we are, upon the whole, very decidedly impressed with the general
+force and truth of his Discourse, with the gracefulness of his
+allusions and illustrations, his elegant and pointed style, and the
+bland and genial temper in which he writes. The work consists of a
+series of short chapters on books, authors, the circumstances in which
+they wrote, the moods in which they should be read to be appreciated,
+the nature and specific qualities of taste, poetry, fiction, the
+drama, history, and philosophy. The author's turn of mind is chiefly
+retrospective: he writes more in the spirit of the last age than of
+the present. Indeed, he seems too much inclined to ignore the value of
+our later literature; almost the only modern authors whom he quotes
+are Hallam, Charles Lamb, and Southey; and it is evident, both from
+the style and matter of the work, that the range of his reading has
+been most extensive in what he terms the 'classical criticism and
+biography of the eighteenth century.' This, however, we note only in
+passing, and not at all in the way of condemnation; further than as it
+may indicate the limitations to be expected in his tone of thought and
+sentiment.</p>
+
+<p>Mr Willmott, indeed, speaks disparagingly of some of the severer
+studies&mdash;especially of logic and mathematics; declaring that they 'can
+only be useful to a full mind,' and that, 'if they find it empty, they
+leave it in the same state.' Of course, he may be allowed to have his
+opinion on such a matter; but we presume it will not be very generally
+adopted. We agree with him that, 'in moral impression they are
+powerless;' yet we are bound to bear in mind that their <i>aim</i> is not a
+moral one; and we, furthermore, believe that, within their own scope
+and province, they <i>may</i> at least be serviceable in training and
+developing the understanding. Not to dwell longer on this little
+eccentricity of opinion, which is simply one of idiosyncrasy, let us
+follow the author into some of the more congenial sections of his
+dissertation. The following passage, on 'The three essential qualities
+of an author,' seems not unsuitable for quotation:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>'Sir Philip Sidney said, that the most flying wits must have three
+wings&mdash;art, meditation, exercise. Genius is in the instinct of flight.
+A boy came to Mozart, wishing to compose something, and inquiring the
+way to begin. Mozart told him to wait. "You composed much earlier?"
+"But asked nothing about it," replied the musician. Cowper expressed
+the same sentiment to a friend: "Nature gives men a bias to their
+respective pursuits, and that strong propensity, I suppose, is what we
+mean by genius." M. Angelo is hindered in his childish studies of art;
+Raffaelle grows up with pencil and colours for playthings: one
+neglects school to copy drawings, which he dared not bring home; the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[pg 252]</a></span>
+father of the other takes a journey to find his son a worthier
+teacher. M. Angelo forces his way; Raffaelle is guided into it. But
+each looks for it with longing eyes. In some way or other, the man is
+tracked in the little footsteps of the child. Dryden marks the three
+steps of progress:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i8">"What the child admired,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The youth <i>endeavoured</i>, and the man <span class="smcap">acquired</span>."<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>'Dryden was an example of his own theory. He read Polybius, with a
+notion of his historic exactness, before he was ten years old.
+Witnesses rise over the whole field of learning. Pope, at twelve,
+feasted his eyes in the picture-galleries of Spenser. Murillo filled
+the margin of his school-books with drawings. Le Brun, in the
+beginning of childhood, drew with a piece of charcoal on the walls of
+the house. The young Ariosto quietly watched the fierce gestures of
+his father, forgetting his displeasure in the joy of copying from
+life, into a comedy he was writing, the manner and speech of an old
+man enraged with his son.</p>
+
+<p>'Cowley, in the history of his own mind, shews the influence of boyish
+fancies upon later life. He compares them to letters cut in the bark
+of a young tree, which grow and widen with it. We are not surprised to
+hear from a school-fellow of the Chancellor Somers, that he was a
+weakly boy, who always had a book in his hand, and never looked up at
+the play of his companions; to learn from his affectionate biographer,
+that Hammond at Eton sought opportunities of stealing away to say his
+prayers; to read that Tournefort forsook his college class, that he
+might search for plants in the neighbouring fields; or that Smeaton,
+in petticoats, was discovered on the top of his father's barn, in the
+act of fixing the model of a windmill which he had constructed. These
+early traits of character are such as we expect to find in the
+cultivated lawyer, who turned the eyes of his age upon Milton; in the
+Christian, whose life was one varied strain of devout praise; in the
+naturalist, who enriched science by his discoveries; and in the
+engineer, who built the Eddystone Lighthouse.'</p>
+
+<p>This accords very well with a notion of our own. We hold that men have
+a tendency to follow what they are by nature best qualified to succeed
+in; and that the fact ought to be regarded in the education of the
+individual. Education should include the study and trial of aptitudes,
+so that each may be directed to his appropriate vocation. It is true,
+there are sometimes such things as 'false tendencies' to be
+encountered; but these, as Goethe has shewn, may be readily detected,
+inasmuch as they are plainly 'unproductive;' that is to say, the thing
+aimed after does not come out as a recognisable success. False
+tendencies are more easily perceived in others than in
+ourselves&mdash;especially when ambition, interest, or vanity is involved
+in the consideration; and on this account the difficulty, perhaps,
+might not be insurmountable, if the charge of it could be committed to
+a really judicious educator. But to say anything further on the
+subject would be out of place at present; and, accordingly, we return
+to what is more immediately before us.</p>
+
+<p>'The instinct of flight,' continues our author, 'is combined with the
+instinct of labour. Genius lights its own fire; but it is constantly
+collecting materials to keep alive the flame. When a new publication
+was suggested to Addison, after the completion of the <i>Guardian</i>, he
+answered: "I must now take some time, <i>pour me d&eacute;lasser</i>, and lay in
+fuel for a future work." The strongest blaze soon goes out when a man
+always blows and never feeds it. Johnson declined an introduction to a
+popular author with the remark, that he did not desire to converse
+with a person who had written more than he had read.</p>
+
+<p>'It is interesting to follow great authors or painters in their
+careful training and accomplishing of the mind. The long morning of
+life is spent in making the weapons and the armour which manhood and
+age are to polish and prove. Usher, when nearly twenty years old,
+formed the daring resolution of reading all the Greek and Latin
+fathers, and with the dawn of his thirty-ninth year he completed the
+task. Hammond, at Oxford, gave thirteen hours of the day to philosophy
+and classical literature, wrote commentaries on all, and compiled
+indexes for his own use.</p>
+
+<p>'With these calls to industry in our ears, we are not to be deaf to
+the deep saying of Lord Brooke, the friend of Sidney, that some men
+overbuild their nature with books. The motion of our thoughts is
+impeded by too heavy a burden; and the mind, like the body, is
+strengthened more by the warmth of exercise than of clothes. When
+Buffon and Hogarth pronounced genius to be nothing but labour and
+patience, they forgot history and themselves. The instinct must be in
+the mind, and the fire be ready to fall. Toil alone would not have
+produced the <i>Paradise Lost</i> or the <i>Principia</i>. The born dwarf never
+grows to the middle size. Rousseau tells a story of a painter's
+servant, who resolved to be the rival or the conqueror of his master.
+He abandoned his livery to live by his pencil; but instead of the
+Louvre, he stopped at a sign-post. Mere learning is only a compiler,
+and does with the pen what the compositor does with the type: each
+sets up a book with the hand. Stone-masons collected the dome of St
+Paul's, but Wren hung it in air.'</p>
+
+<p>There is, perhaps, nothing very profound or original in this, but it
+is all very sensible and pleasant. Something of novelty, however, will
+be observed in the extract which follows next, on 'The Influence of
+Air and Situation on the Thoughts.' The consideration, at anyrate, is
+curious, both under its physiological and metaphysical aspect.</p>
+
+<p>'It has been a subject of ingenious speculation if country or weather
+may be said to cherish or check intellectual growth. Jeremy Collier
+considered that the understanding needs a kind climate for its health,
+and that a reader of nice observation might ascertain from the book in
+what latitude, season, or circumstances, it had been written. The
+opponents are powerful. Reynolds ridiculed the notion of thoughts
+shooting forth with greater vigour at the summer solstice or the
+equinox; Johnson called it a fantastic foppery.</p>
+
+<p>'The atmospheric theory is as old as Homer. Its laureate is
+Montesquieu. The more northerly you go, he said, the sterner the man
+grows. You must scorch a Muscovite to make him feel. Gray was a
+convert. One of the prose hints for his noble fragment of a didactic
+poem runs thus: "It is the proper work of education and government
+united, to redress the faults that arise from the soil and air."
+Berkeley entertained the same feeling. Writing to Pope from Leghorn,
+and alluding to some half-formed design he had heard him mention of
+visiting Italy, he continues: "What might we not expect from a muse
+that sings so well in the bleak climate of England, if she felt the
+same warm sun, and breathed the same air with Virgil and Horace?"</p>
+
+<p>'When Dyer attributes the faults of his <i>Fleece</i> to the Lincolnshire
+fens, he only awakes a smile. Keats wrote his Ode to a Nightingale&mdash;a
+poem full of the sweet south&mdash;at the foot of Highgate Hill. But we
+have the remark of Dryden&mdash;probably the result of his own
+experience&mdash;that a cloudy day is able to alter the thoughts of a man;
+and, generally, the air we breathe, and the objects we see, have a
+secret influence upon our imagination. Burke was certain that Milton
+composed <i>Il Penseroso</i> in the long, resounding aisle of a mouldering
+cloister, or ivied abbey. He beheld its solemn gloom in the verse. The
+fine nerves of the mind are braced, and the strings of the harp are
+tuned, by different kinds of temperature. "I think," Warburton
+remarked to Hurd, "you have often heard me say, that my delicious
+season is the autumn&mdash;the season which gives most life and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[pg 253]</a></span> vigour to
+my intellectual faculties. The light mists, or, as Milton calls them,
+the steams that rise from the fields in one of these mornings, give
+the same relief to the views that the blue of the plum gives to the
+appetite."</p>
+
+<p>'Mozart composed, whenever he had the opportunity, in the soft air of
+fine weather. His <i>Don Giovanni</i> and the <i>Requiem</i> were written in a
+bowling-green and a garden. Chatterton found a full moon favourable to
+poetic invention, and he often sat up all night to enjoy its solemn
+shining. Winter-time was most agreeable to Crabbe. He delighted in a
+heavy fall of snow; and it was during a severe storm which blocked him
+within doors, that he portrayed the strange miseries of Sir Eustace
+Grey.'</p>
+
+<p>There may be something in this supposed influence of temperature and
+seasons; but there certainly is no general law observable in the
+matter. Shakspeare asks&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">'Oh who can take a fire in his hand<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">By thinking of the frosty Caucasus?<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Or wallow naked in December's snows<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">By bare remembrance of the summer's heat?'<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>He might have been answered by Moore, who shut himself up in the
+wintry wilds of Derbyshire to write <i>Lalla Rookh</i>&mdash;a poem breathing of
+the perfumes, and glowing in the sunlight of the golden East; and by
+Scott, who, in Jermyn Street, St James's, with miles of brick houses
+round him, produced his famous introductions to <i>Marmion</i>, some of
+which may rank with the finest descriptions of natural scenery in the
+language. But the way in which people are influenced seems utterly
+capricious. We know a writer who is always unfavourably affected by a
+dull, still atmosphere, and whose faculties are as invariably
+exhilarated by a high wind. Cloudy weather does not influence him
+disagreeably if it be stormy, but calm, leaden November glooms oppress
+him with a feeling bordering upon stupor. These are altogether
+unproductive days with him. If authors, however, are subject in their
+moods to atmospheric and other circumstantial influences, it may be
+expected that readers also are to some extent possessed of a like
+tendency. Mr Willmott has, accordingly, a suitable suggestive word or
+two to guide them in their reading. He says:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>'A classification of authors to suit all hours and weathers might be
+amusing. Ariosto spans a wet afternoon like a rainbow. North winds and
+sleet agree with Junius. The visionary tombs of Dante glimmer into
+awfuller perspective by moonlight. Crabbe is never so pleasing as on
+the hot shingle, when we look up from his verses at the sleepy sea,
+and count the</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i2">"Crimson weeds, which spreading slow,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Or lie like pictures on the sand below:<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">With all those bright red pebbles, that the sun<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Through the small waves so softly shines upon."<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>'Some books come in with lamps and curtains, and fresh logs. An
+evening in late autumn, when there is no moon, and the boughs toss
+like foam raking its way back down a pebbly shore, is just the time
+for <i>Undine</i>. A voyage is read with deepest interest in winter, while
+the hail dashes against the window. Southey speaks of this delight&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">"'Tis pleasant by the cheerful hearth to hear<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Of tempests and the dangers of the deep,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And pause at times and feel that we are safe;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And with an eager and suspended soul,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Woo terror to delight us."<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>'The sobs of the storm are musical chimes for a ghost-story, or one of
+those fearful tales with which the blind fiddler in <i>Redgauntlet</i> made
+"the auld carlines shake on the settle, and the bits of bairns skirl
+on their minnies out frae their beds."</p>
+
+<p>'Shakspeare is always most welcome at the chimney-corner; so is
+Goldsmith: who does not wish Dr Primrose to call in the evening, and
+Olivia to preside at the urn? Elia affirms, that there is no such
+thing as reading or writing, but by a candle; he is confident that
+Milton composed the morning hymn of Eden with a clear fire burning in
+the room; and in Taylor's gorgeous description of sunrise, he found
+the smell of the lamp quite overpowering.... But Elia,' he says
+further on, 'carried his fireside theory too far. Some people have
+tried "the affectation of a book at noonday in gardens and sultry
+arbours," without finding their task of love to be unlearnt. Indeed,
+many books belong to sunshine, and should be read out of doors.
+Clover, violets, and hedge-roses, breathe from their leaves; they are
+most lovable in cool lanes, along field-paths, or upon stiles overhung
+by hawthorn; while the black-bird pipes, and the nightingale bathes
+its brown feathers in the twilight copse.</p>
+
+<p>'The sensation is heightened when an author is read amid the scenery
+or the manners which he describes&mdash;as Barrow studied the sermons of
+Chrysostom in his own see of Constantinople. What daisies sprinkle the
+walks of Cowper, if we take his <i>Task</i> for a companion through the
+lanes of Weston! Under the thick hedges of Horton, darkening either
+bank of the field in the September moonlight, <i>Il Penseroso</i> is still
+more pensive. And whoever would feel at his heart the deep pathos of
+Collins's lamentation for Thomson, must murmur it to himself, as he
+glides upon the stealing wave, by the breezy lawns and elms of
+Richmond.'</p>
+
+<p>Our author has some judicious remarks on 'Criticism, its Curiosities
+and Researches,' and is himself a critic of refined and delicate
+appreciation. We certainly do not agree with him in thinking that the
+literature of the last century is superior to that of the present; but
+we can nevertheless admit that many of his favourite writers are
+deserving of a higher and more reverent regard than is now generally
+awarded them. We would quarrel with no man about his preferences;
+still, we cannot hold Mr Willmott justified in such sweeping
+condemnation of our current literature as he appears disposed to pass
+upon it. It would seem, indeed, that in his disgust at 'the corrupted
+streams of popular entertainment,' he has not cared to make himself
+acquainted with the best of our modern writers. Of these he seems&mdash;if
+we may judge from his total oversight of them&mdash;to have hardly a
+knowledge of the names. 'He lives,' as he admits, 'among the society
+of an elder age.' Here, however, he numbers 'tasteful learning with
+the chiefest blessings of his home.' If he had lived in the last
+century, he would probably have gone back for his idols to an earlier
+one; and yet his remarks on taste and criticism are of a catholic
+nature, although his just application of their canons have this
+chronological boundary. We have no room, however, for his disquisition
+on these elegant subjects; neither can we follow our accomplished
+clergyman into his disquisitions on fiction, history, biography,
+philosophy, and its pleasures, nor the 'domestic interiors' of taste
+and learning. We had intended to quote some fine sentences on the
+consolations of poetry, but find we have not room for them. The reader
+will do well to get the book, and read them there. It is a work
+altogether well worth reading. Nay, it will bear reading many times,
+and even become pleasanter as one's acquaintance with it increases.
+Indeed, it is not at all the kind of book to be run through rapidly,
+and so disposed of; the thought and observation in it are closely
+packed and methodised; and if you wish to derive any benefit, or even
+pleasure from the perusal, you will need to read deliberately. We
+should say the author thoroughly <i>enjoyed</i> his work while he was
+engaged in it; but the workmanship exhibits everywhere the greatest
+care and patience. The same habit of mind employed in writing it will
+be required in the reading. We may describe the book as being a
+graceful, suggestive review of literature, considered with regard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[pg 254]</a></span> to
+its enjoyments. Refined, scholarly, tolerant, and judicious in all his
+tastes and sympathies, the author's influence upon other minds cannot
+be otherwise than wholesome, elevating, and benignant.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> <i>Pleasures, Objects, and Advantages of Literature.</i> A
+Discourse, by the Rev. Robert Aris Willmott, Incumbent of Bear Wood,
+Berks. Bosworth: London.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="THE_MISSING_SHIP" id="THE_MISSING_SHIP"></a>THE MISSING SHIP.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="sc">Alexis Himkof</span> had just taken an affectionate leave of his wife, and
+stood looking after her, on the deck of the vessel to which he had
+been appointed mate, and which had been fitted up for the
+whale-fishery near Spitzbergen, by a merchant of the name of Jeremiah
+Oxladmkof, of Mesen, a town in the province of Jesovia, in the
+government of Archangel. She sailed in 1743 on her first voyage. We
+can conceive how lonely the home of Alexis must have been without him.
+We may be sure that his wife's last prayer at night was offered up for
+his safety. We constantly hear it said, in stormy weather: 'God help
+those who are at sea!' 'God help those who have friends at sea!' might
+be added to the petition; for there are hearts which quail at every
+gust of wind&mdash;there are thick-coming fancies, which can conjure up
+tempest-tossed vessels, sweeping gales, and raging billows; and yet
+the ship may at that very moment be in calm waters, or sailing with a
+prosperous breeze.</p>
+
+<p>The time came that there might be some account of Himkof&mdash;then, that
+the vessel might be back; but no news or vessel came. Month after
+month passed on, and still it came not; and then years went by, and
+still there was no ship: whenever a sail was seen in the distance, the
+poor wife would hasten to the shore; but still the ship she looked for
+never came. With a sinking heart, she would retrace her steps
+homewards; but still she came again and again, so true it is that
+affection and hope are the last earthly companions that part company.
+The neighbours would look at her as she passed along, and shake their
+heads in pity.</p>
+
+<p>The vessel, which had fourteen hands on board, had sailed on with a
+fair wind for eight days. On the ninth it veered, and instead of
+reaching the west of Spitzbergen, the place of rendezvous for the
+vessels employed annually in the whale-fishery, it was driven eastward
+of those islands. A few days brought her near one of them, known as
+East Spitzbergen. When within about two English miles, she was hemmed
+in by ice, and in extreme danger. In this dreadful emergency, the crew
+consulted on what was best to be done. Himkof mentioned that he had
+been told, some time before, that some men from Mesen, having decided
+on wintering on the island, had provided themselves with timber for
+building a hut, which they accordingly erected at some distance from
+the shore. Being quite aware, that if they remained in their present
+situation, they must inevitably perish, they determined to search for
+the hut, and to winter there, if so fortunate as to find it. Himkof,
+with three others, were selected to make the search. They were
+provided with a musket, twelve charges of powder, a dozen balls, an
+axe, a small kettle, a knife, a tinder-box and tinder, a wooden pipe
+for each, some tobacco, and a bag with twenty pounds of flour. This
+was as much as they could carry with safety, as they had to make their
+way for two miles over loose ridges of ice, which would be still more
+difficult and dangerous if they were overloaded, and it required the
+utmost caution to avoid falling between these ridges, which had been
+raised by the waves and driven together by the winds. The footing once
+lost, inevitable destruction must follow. They had not proceeded above
+an English mile, when, to their great delight, they descried the hut,
+at a distance of about a mile and a half from the shore. Its length
+was thirty-six feet, and its breadth and height eighteen. It consisted
+of two rooms. The antechamber was about twelve feet broad, and had two
+doors&mdash;one to exclude the outer air, the other by which it
+communicated with the inner room, in which there was an earthen stove,
+such as is commonly used in Russia. A very slight inspection sufficed
+to shew that the hut had sustained great injury from the weather; but
+to have found it in any condition was a subject of great joy, and they
+availed themselves of its shelter for the night.</p>
+
+<p>Eager to communicate the good news to their companions, they set out
+early the next morning; and as they went on, they chatted cheerfully
+about the stores of ammunition and provisions, and various requisites
+which could be conveyed from the ship, to be stored in the hut for
+winter use. They pursued their way in the highest spirits, picturing
+to themselves the delight which they were about to give to their
+companions. When they arrived on the shore, not a vestige of the ship
+was to be seen; no track through the waters marked her path; all was
+still and silent, desolate and bleak: no familiar face was seen; not
+one of their comrades was left to tell the hapless tale! They stood
+aghast, looking in mute despair upon the sea. The ice by which the
+vessel had been hemmed in had totally disappeared. The violent storm
+of the night before, they concluded, might have been the cause of this
+fatal disaster; the ice might have been disturbed by the agitation of
+the waves, and beaten violently against the ship, till she was
+shattered to pieces; or she might, perhaps, have been carried on by
+the current into the ocean, and there lost. However it might have
+been, they were never to see her again. What a difference a few short
+moments had made in their feelings and in their fate! They thought to
+have re-entered the hut with glad companions; they returned to it the
+sole inhabitants of that desolate region, disconsolate, and utterly
+hopeless of ever leaving it. When they could collect their thoughts,
+they were anxiously turned to the preservation of their lives, for
+which it was necessary to provide some kind of sustenance. The island
+abounded with reindeer, and they brought down one with every charge of
+their powder. They set about devising means to repair the hut, which,
+from the cracks and crevices produced by the weather, let in the
+piercingly cold air in various directions. No wood, or even shrub,
+grew on that sterile ground. Nothing could be more dreary than the
+prospect&mdash;a bleak waste without vegetation; the high mountains with
+their rock and crags; the everlasting ice and the vast masses of snow.
+The very sublimity of the scene was awfully impressed with all the
+marks of stern desolation and solitude. As in that cold climate wood
+is not liable to decay, they joined the boards of which the hut was
+constructed, with the help of their axe, very tolerably, filling up
+the crevices with moss, which grows in abundance all over the island.
+The poor men, like all of their country, were expert carpenters, for
+it is customary with them to build their own houses. No want could
+have been more dreadful than that of wood, for without firing, they
+could never bear up against the intense cold.</p>
+
+<p>As they strayed along the beach, they found, to their joy, a quantity
+of wood which had been carried in by the tide. What they first got in
+this way were parts of the wreck of vessels, and afterwards trees,
+which had been uprooted by the overflowing of rivers, and borne by the
+waves into the ocean; but what proved a treasure to the poor
+castaways, were some boards which they discovered on the beach, with a
+long iron hook, some nails of five or six inches long, and thick in
+proportion, and other pieces of iron fastened in them&mdash;the sad
+memorials of some shattered vessel. Kind Providence seemed to have
+directed their steps where help was to be found. Just at the time when
+their provisions had nearly failed, and when they were without the
+means of replenishing their store, they perceived, not far from the
+boards, the root of a fir-tree, which had almost taken the form of a
+bow. With the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[pg 255]</a></span> help of their knife, they soon brought it into more
+regular shape, but they were unprovided with a string and with arrows.
+They determined, in the first instance, to make two lances, to guard
+themselves against the formidable attacks of the ferocious white bear;
+but without a hammer, it was impossible to form their heads, or those
+of the arrows. However, by heating the iron hook, and widening a hole
+which it happened to have in the centre, with the help of one of the
+large nails, they inserted the handle, and a round button at one end
+of the hook, made the face of the hammer. A large pebble served for an
+anvil, and a pair of reindeer's horns were the tongs. Such were the
+tools with which they fashioned the heads for two spears, which they
+polished and sharpened on stones, and then tied them fast with strips
+of reindeer-skin to thick sticks, with which they were supplied from
+the branches of trees which had been wafted on shore. Thus armed, they
+attacked a white bear, and after a desperate struggle, they succeeded
+in killing him. They made use of the flesh for food, which they
+described as being like beef; by separating the tendons, they were
+supplied with filaments as fine as they pleased, which enabled them to
+string their bow. Their next work was to form pieces of iron into
+heads for their arrows, like the spears which they had already
+manufactured. They polished and sharpened them in the same way, and
+made them fast to pieces of the fir with the sinews of the white bear;
+feathers of sea-fowl being tied with the filaments. They were now
+equipped with a complete bow and arrows, which proved a most
+serviceable acquisition, and furnished them from time to time with
+reindeer to the amount of 250, besides vast numbers of the blue and
+white foxes; providing them not only with food, but with clothing, as
+their skins were a great defence from the coldness of the climate.</p>
+
+<p>They destroyed no more than ten white bears; these animals defended
+themselves with prodigious strength and fury. The first was attacked
+by the sailors; the other nine were the assailants. Some of them were
+so daring as to walk into the hut in search of their prey. Those among
+them who were the least voracious were easily driven away, but the
+more ravenous were not to be deterred; and it was not without
+encountering the most imminent danger that the men escaped in the
+dreadful conflicts. But they were in continual fear of being devoured,
+as these ferocious animals repeated their visits to the hut, and
+renewed their attacks continually. When they succeeded in slaying one,
+they made use of its flesh as food, which, with that of the reindeer
+and the blue and white foxes, were the only kind they could have in
+that bleak region.</p>
+
+<p>The want of the necessary conveniences obliged them for some time to
+make use of their food without cooking. They had nothing in the way of
+bread or salt. The stove within was set up after the Russian fashion,
+and could boil nothing. The cold was so intense, that all the wood
+they had was reserved for the stove; they had none to spare for making
+a fire outside, from which they would have had but little heat, and
+where they would run the risk of being attacked by the white bear.
+Besides, the masses of snow which fell during the winter months, and
+the heavy rains, would have made it quite impossible, for great part
+of the year, to have kept a fire burning in the open air. They,
+however, thought of a plan by which they were enabled to prepare some
+of their food. In the summer months, they exposed part of their animal
+food in the sun, and then hung it in the upper part of the hut, where
+it became thoroughly dried by the smoke. This food they used as bread,
+with that which they were obliged to eat half raw. By this means they
+were able to keep up a constant supply of provisions. They had water
+in the summer from the rills which fell from the rocks, and in winter,
+they were supplied from the snows and thawed ice. Their only utensil
+for holding water, and substitute for a drinking-cup, was their small
+kettle.</p>
+
+<p>Half of the flour had been consumed by the men with their meat; the
+remaining portion was preserved for a different purpose. The dread of
+their fire going out, and of the difficulty which they should find in
+lighting another, without match or tinder, set their wits to work to
+find means to avert so great a misfortune. They obtained from the
+middle of the island a particular kind of slimy clay, which they had
+observed, and of which they modelled a sort of lamp, and filled it
+with the fat of the reindeer. They contrived a wick with a piece of
+twisted linen. When they flattered themselves that their object was
+accomplished, they met with a great disappointment, for the melting
+grease ran through the lamp. To make a new one, and to fill up the
+pores of the material of which it was made, was now their care. When
+formed, they dried it in the air, and then heated it red-hot, in which
+state they immersed it in their kettle, in a preparation of flour,
+which had been boiled down to the consistence of starch. They now
+tested it by filling it with melted fat, and to their infinite
+delight, they found that they had succeeded in fashioning one that did
+not leak. To make it still more secure, they covered the outside with
+linen dipped in the starch.</p>
+
+<p>In managing to have light during the dreary months of darkness, they
+had attained a great object, which had been doubly desirable on
+account of him who was languishing in sickness. That they might not be
+wholly dependent on one lamp, of which some accident might deprive
+them, they made another. In collecting such wood as had been cast on
+shore for fuel, they had fortunately found some cordage and a little
+oakum (the sort of hemp used for calking ships), which they turned to
+great account as wicks for their lamps. When this store was consumed,
+they had recourse to their shirts and drawers&mdash;a part of dress worn by
+almost all Russian peasants&mdash;to supply the want. Like the sacred fire,
+these lamps were never suffered to go out. As they were formed soon
+after their arrival, they were kept burning without intermission for
+the years they passed in their comfortless abode.</p>
+
+<p>The sacrifice made of their shirts and drawers exposed them more to
+the intense cold. Their shoes, boots, and other parts of their dress,
+were worn out. In this emergency, it was necessary to form some plan
+for defending themselves from the inclemency of the climate. The skins
+of the reindeer and foxes, which they had converted into bedding, now
+afforded the materials for clothing. They were submerged in fresh
+water for several days, till the hair was so loosened that it was
+easily removed; the leather was then rubbed with their hands till
+nearly dry, then melted reindeer fat was spread over it, and then it
+was again rubbed. It thus became soft, and fit for the use to which it
+was to be put. Some of the skins which they wished to reserve for furs
+did not undergo exactly the same process, but were merely left in
+water for one day, and were then prepared in the same manner, without
+removing the hair. Though now furnished with the materials for
+clothing, they were without the implements necessary for making them
+into articles of dress. They had neither awls for making shoes and
+boots, nor needles for sewing their clothes. Their ingenuity was,
+therefore, again put to the test, and was not slow in making up the
+deficiency. They contrived to make both very well, out of the bits of
+iron which they had collected from time to time. One of their most
+difficult tasks, was to make eyes to their needles; but this they
+accomplished with the help of their knife; for having ground it to a
+very sharp point, and heated a kind of wire, forged for the purpose,
+red-hot, they pierced a hole through one end, and by whetting and
+smoothing it on stones, brought the other to a point. These needles
+were astonishingly well formed,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[pg 256]</a></span> nothing being amiss with them but the
+roughness of the eye, by which the thread was sometimes cut. It was
+indeed surprising that they were so well made, considering the rude
+instruments with which they were fashioned. Having no scissors, they
+were obliged to cut out their clothes with the knife; and though this
+was their first attempt at the trade of shoemaker or tailor, yet they
+contrived to cut out the articles which they required with as much
+precision as if they had served a regular apprenticeship to the
+business. The sinews of the reindeer and bears answered for thread.
+They set earnestly to their work. For summer wear, they made a sort of
+jacket and trousers of the prepared skins; for winter, long fur-gowns,
+with hoods, made after the fashion of those worn by the Laplanders.</p>
+
+<p>The constant employment which their necessities required, and the
+various difficulties which they had to overcome by ingenious
+contrivance, so far from having been a misfortune, may be considered
+as having been the means of preserving these poor men from sinking
+under their unhappy circumstances. But accordingly as their ingenuity
+had supplied their wants, and their minds became more disengaged from
+expedients, their melancholy increased, and they looked round
+despondingly on the sterile and desolate region where, they felt, they
+were to spend the rest of their days, far away from the hearths of
+home, and from early friends and companions. Even the probability of
+that little circle being lessened, and, it might be, reduced to one
+solitary being, was a dreadful thought: each felt that this might be
+his own fate. Then the fear of all means of sustenance failing, and
+the assaults of wild beasts, were dangers too glaring to be forgotten.
+Alexis Himkof, who had left a wife and three children, suffered
+perhaps the most from heart-yearnings after home.</p>
+
+<p>They had already lost one of their companions from the effects of
+scurvy; and now, when six dreary years had nearly passed, another was
+taken from among them. It chanced on the 15th of August 1749, while
+they were lamenting their poor companion, that they descried a vessel.
+Who can describe the tumults of their feelings, the fluttering of
+their hearts? Their fate hung upon a chance. Oh, if she would come to
+relieve them! oh, if they could pass once more those rude barriers of
+ice, and cut through those interminable waves again! But she might
+pass on, and leave them to a fate rendered still more miserable by the
+fallacious gleam of hope. With trembling haste they ran hither and
+thither, and almost flew to light the signal-fires of distress along
+the hills, and now to the beach, to wave the rude flag, formed of a
+reindeer's skin fastened to a pole. What agitating hopes and fears
+were crowded into that space of time, as the vessel made her way
+through the waters! The signals of distress were seen&mdash;were heeded!
+She comes! she comes! and now she anchors near the shore. What a day
+of joy and thankfulness! But the delight of the poor mariners may be
+more easily conceived than described. Their bargain with the master of
+the ship&mdash;a Russian vessel&mdash;was soon made: they were to work for him
+on the voyage, and they agreed to pay eighty rubles on landing. He
+took them on board with all their possessions, consisting of two
+thousand pounds of the lard of the reindeer in the hides of those
+animals, and of the white and blue foxes, and the skins of the ten
+white bears that they had destroyed. They also took with them their
+bow and arrows, and all the implements which they had manufactured.
+These were deposited in a bone box, made with great ingenuity, with no
+tool but their knife. We have in these men a very remarkable example
+of the energy which can sustain in the most trying circumstances, and
+the ingenious skill which can furnish expedients, even in a region so
+destitute of resources. It may well teach us to trust in that good
+Providence which is indeed a present help in trouble.</p>
+
+<p>They reached Archangel on the 28th of September 1749. What happy
+meetings may have been anticipated!&mdash;what calamities may have been
+dreaded during that voyage!&mdash;How may it have fared with those who were
+left? Will they all be there, to greet with a joyful welcome? What if
+Alexis' wife, worn out by suspense and anxiety, should have sunk into
+an early grave?&mdash;or if one among their children should have died?&mdash;or
+if the three should all have been swept away? The approaching sail had
+been seen; and the one who for years had clung to a forlorn-hope, was
+again at the water's edge. Alexis stood on the deck. Affection is
+quick-sighted; he was instantly seen and known by his wife! All was
+forgotten&mdash;all but that he was there. The distance between them, the
+waves that separated them, were unheeded! Uttering a wild cry of joy,
+she rushed forward to clasp him in her arms. She sprang into the
+water&mdash;a little time, and she was extricated. She was insensible when
+taken up. When she came to herself, she was in her husband's
+arms!&mdash;their children were about them! What tears of joy were
+shed!&mdash;what prayers of thankfulness were offered up!</p>
+
+<p>The foregoing narrative, true in every respect, is drawn up by us from
+documents issued under the authority of the Russian government. It
+shews, in a convincing manner, that subsistence is by no means
+impossible for sailors wrecked and icebound within the polar regions.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="WILD_ANIMALS_IN_CONFINEMENT" id="WILD_ANIMALS_IN_CONFINEMENT"></a>WILD ANIMALS IN CONFINEMENT.</h2>
+
+<p class="returnTOC"><a href="#Contents">Return to Table of
+    Contents</a></p>
+
+<p>Were it not that custom reconciles us to everything, a Christian
+community would surely be shocked by the report, and still more by the
+sight, of the sacrifice of innocent and helpless creatures&mdash;pigeons
+and rabbits, for instance&mdash;to the horrible instincts of snakes, who
+will not eat anything but what is alive. An account was recently given
+of a night-visit to the place of confinement of these disgusting
+reptiles, in which the evident horror of their intended victims,
+confined in the same cages, was distinctly mentioned. The
+gratification of mere curiosity does not justify the infliction of
+such torture on the lower animals. Surely the sight of a stuffed
+boa-constrictor ought to content a reasonable curiosity. Imagine what
+would be felt if a child were subjected to such a fate, or what could
+be answered if the present victims could tell their agonies as well as
+feel them! Byron speaks of the barbarians who, in the wantonness of
+power, were 'butchered to make a Roman holiday;' and verily the
+horrors exhibited in our public gardens and menageries are something
+akin to the fights of gladiators; it is the infliction of misery for
+mere sport. With reference also to lions, tigers, and other ferocious
+animals kept in cages&mdash;if retained at all, the space allotted them
+ought to be much larger than it is, so as to allow them full room for
+healthful exercise. At present, they must be wretched; and considering
+also the quantity of food they consume, which might be converted to
+useful purposes&mdash;though this is taking a lower view of the matter&mdash;it
+is at least desirable that the number should be much smaller, and a
+much greater space allowed them to exhibit their natural vivacity.
+These remarks do not, of course, apply to fowls and other animals who
+are allowed a sufficient share of liberty to exist in comfort, and to
+whom it is not necessary to sacrifice the existence of other
+creatures.&mdash;<i>Ogden's Friendly Observer.</i></p>
+
+<p>[We entirely agree in reprobating the practice of placing live rabbits
+and other creatures within the cages of boa-constrictors. A
+recollection of a poor little rabbit cowering in the corner of one of
+these cages, as if aware of its approaching fate, has haunted us for
+years. No purpose of science can be answered by this constantly
+recurring barbarity. Zoological Societies should be careful not to run
+any risk of counteracting by such spectacles the elevated feelings
+they are so well calculated to foster.&mdash;<i>Ed. C. E. J.</i>]</p>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<p>Printed and Published by W. and R. <span class="smcap">Chambers</span>, High Street, Edinburgh.
+Also sold by W. S. <span class="smcap">Orr</span>, Amen Corner, London; D. N. <span class="smcap">Chambers</span>, 55 West
+Nile Street, Glasgow; and J. <span class="smcap">M'Glashan</span>, 50 Upper Sackville Street,
+Dublin.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH ***
+
+***** This file should be named 18382-h.htm or 18382-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/3/8/18382/
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer, Richard J. Shiffer and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/18382-h/images/banner.png b/18382-h/images/banner.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f9f0a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18382-h/images/banner.png
diff --git a/18382.txt b/18382.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d59033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18382.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2426 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433
+       Volume 17, New Series, April 17, 1852
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: Robert Chambers and William  Chambers
+
+Release Date: May 12, 2006 [EBook #18382]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer, Richard J. Shiffer and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                     CHAMBERS' EDINBURGH JOURNAL
+
+  CONDUCTED BY WILLIAM AND ROBERT CHAMBERS, EDITORS OF 'CHAMBERS'S
+  INFORMATION FOR THE PEOPLE,' 'CHAMBERS'S EDUCATIONAL COURSE,' &c.
+
+
+  No. 433. NEW SERIES.   SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1852.   PRICE 1-1/2_d._
+
+
+
+
+THE DINGY HOUSE.
+
+
+London is like a large company, where it is necessary for the master
+or mistress of the house to introduce a great many people to each
+other. Everybody in that overgrown metropolis has things within a few
+doors of his residence, which, if they were suddenly described to him,
+he would hear of with deep interest or extreme astonishment. There is
+a plain back street near the Haymarket, bearing the title of Great
+Windmill Street, in which there is a large, dingy-looking house
+standing somewhat detached, and not appearing to be in the hands of
+ordinary tenants. Very near this, is a distinguished haunt of gaiety,
+very well whitened, and looking very smart, but which would be no
+index to the character or purposes of the dingy mansion. A group of
+dirty children will be found disporting at marbles or pitch-and-toss
+on the paved recess in front; but neither would that scene be found in
+any kind of harmony with the house itself. It is evidently a house
+with a mystery.
+
+Very few people would be found in the course of a day to pass out of
+or into that house. A blind would seldom be raised. A fashionable
+carriage would not once in a twelvemonth be seen rolling up to the
+gloomy portals. Supposing, however, that any one were to be so curious
+as to watch the house for an afternoon, he would probably see two
+women in extraordinary dresses come up to the door, apparently laden
+with some heavy packages, shrouded under their wide black cloaks. He
+would see the door opened with some caution, and the two women would
+then walk in, and be seen no more for that day. He might speculate for
+hours about the business in which these women had been engaged, but in
+vain. He might make inquiries in the neighbourhood, but probably with
+as little result; for, in London, it must be an extraordinary family
+indeed which provokes any inquiry among neighbours, and most
+undoubtedly the inmates of the mansion would never think of
+proclaiming what they were, or how they lived.
+
+Having perhaps by this time excited some curiosity, we must endeavour
+to satisfy it. We happened by mere chance, when spending an evening
+with a friend in a distant part of the town, to hear of this house and
+its tenants; and the doings and character of its inmates struck our
+mind as something so extraordinary, and in some respects so beautiful,
+that we resolved, if possible, to pay it a visit. We did so a few days
+thereafter, under the conduct of a young friend, who kindly undertook
+to smooth away all difficulties in the way of our reception. We can,
+therefore, give some account of the dingy house, with a tolerable
+assurance that, strange as the matter may appear, it is no more than
+true.
+
+This dingy house is possessed by ten women, chiefly natives of France,
+who form a branch of a religious society of recent origin in that
+country, entitled, Les Petites Soeurs des Pauvres (_Little Sisterhood
+for the Poor_). They have been in this house only for a few months,
+but are already fully engaged in the business to which they have
+devoted themselves--which is the care and nurture of infirm and
+destitute old women. The extraordinary thing is that the Sisters,
+though most of them are in their education and previous habits
+_ladies_, literally go about begging for the means of maintaining
+these poor people. Everything is done, indeed, by begging; for on
+entering the sisterhood they renounce all earthly possessions. They
+have begged the means of furnishing their house, and paying their
+rent, which is not an inconsiderable sum; they daily beg for the food,
+clothes, and cordials required for themselves and the objects of their
+charity. What is even more singular, these ladies in all respects
+_serve_ the old women, wash for them, cook for them, act as their
+nurses. They treat themselves less kindly, for out of the broken
+victuals on which exclusively the house is supported, the old women
+always get the first selection, and the ladies only the remaining
+scraps. It is altogether the most striking example of self-denial and
+self-devotion which has ever happened to fall under our attention in
+this country.
+
+We were received in a faded old dining-room, by a Sister whose age
+surprised us, for she did not appear to be above five-and-twenty. Her
+dress consisted of coarse black serge, and a linen cap, such as is
+worn by poor old women in the country. She was evidently a
+well-educated and refined English lady, who, under a different
+impulse, might have very probably been indulging at this moment in the
+gaieties of Almacks. With great courtesy, but without for a moment
+departing from the serious manner in which she had first addressed us,
+she conducted us through the house, and explained its various
+arrangements. We were first shewn into a large hall in the rear, where
+we found about thirty little beds, only a few of which were occupied,
+the greater number of the inmates being able to sit up and move about
+the house. Nothing could exceed the homeliness of the furniture,
+though everything was remarkably clean. In another dormitory up
+stairs, we found ten or twelve bedrid women, one of them within a few
+months of completing the hundredth year of her age, but able to
+converse. Another was a comparatively young woman, who had three
+months ago had a limb amputated. A Sister, in her plain dark dress,
+stood in this room, ready to attend any of the poor women. We were
+next conducted to a large room, where a number of the inmates were at
+dinner. They rose modestly at our entrance, and we had some difficulty
+in inducing them to resume their seats. We were curious to see the
+viands, knowing that they were composed solely of the crumbs from the
+rich man's table, and having some idea, that as most of the Sisters
+were French, there might be some skill shewn in putting these morsels
+into new and palatable forms. We did not, however, find that the
+dishes were superior to what might have been expected in a workhouse.
+The principal article was a pudding, composed of pounded scraps and
+crusts of bread, and bearing much the appearance of the oatmeal
+porridge of Scotland. Ladies attend the old women at table, acting
+entirely as servants do in a gentleman's dining-room, though only in
+the limited extent to which such services are required at a meal so
+simple. It is only after this meal is concluded, that the ladies sit
+down to their own equally frugal fare. We were curious to know if they
+indulge in tea, considering this as a sort of crucial test of their
+self-denying principles. We were informed that the article is not
+bought for them, on account of its being so expensive. Used tea-leaves
+are obtained from the tables of certain families of rank, and are
+found to be of service for the comfort of the more infirm women. After
+the inmates are served, if any tea be left, it is taken by the ladies.
+
+We next descended to the kitchen, and there found a young woman at
+work as a cook, not a Sister, but one who may be so ere long, if she
+passes her novitiate successfully. The magazine of crusts and lumps of
+bread, of broken meat and cold soups, coffee and tea, which we saw
+here, was a curious sight. We were also shewn the pails and baskets in
+which the Sisters collect these viands. Two go forth every morning,
+and make a round of several hours amongst houses where they are
+permitted to apply. Meat goes into one compartment, bread into
+another. A pail of two divisions keeps a variety of things distinct
+from each other. Demurely pass the dark pair along the crowded
+thoroughfares of the metropolis, objects of momentary curiosity to
+many that pass them, but never pausing for a moment on their
+charitable mission. The only approach to a smile on our conductress's
+face, was when she related to us how, on their return one afternoon, a
+poor woman who had lost a child, traced them to the door, and made a
+disturbance there, under a belief that the cloak of one of them,
+instead of covering a collection of broken meat, concealed her infant.
+
+We were curious to trace the feelings which actuated these ladies in
+devoting themselves to duties so apt to be repulsive to their class.
+Viewing the whole matter with a regard to its humane results, we did
+not doubt that benevolence was the impulse most concerned, directly or
+indirectly, though we of course knew that a religious sanction was
+essential to the scheme. In a conversation, however, with our
+conductress, we could not bring her to admit that mere humanity had
+anything to do with it. The basis on which they proceed is simply that
+text in which Christ expresses his appreciation of those who give a
+cup of cold water in his name. It is professedly nothing more than an
+example of those charitable societies which arise in connection with
+the Catholic faith, and in obedience to its principles, and which
+require that entire renunciation of the world which to a Protestant
+mind appears so objectionable. We have little doubt, nevertheless,
+that a certain amount of benevolence is a necessary, though it may not
+be a directly acknowledged pre-requisite for the profession; for it is
+admitted that some novices find that they have not the _vocation_, and
+abandon the attempt; while others, by the grace of God, are enabled to
+go on. We cannot regard this idea of 'vocation' as something entirely
+apart from the inherent feelings.
+
+So far as we could understand, the Sisters regard more expressly the
+value of the act of obedience to the injunction of Christ, than the
+feeling from which, we would say, the injunction sprang--an error, as
+we most humbly think, though one of a kind which we do not feel called
+upon to discuss in the presence of results so much in accordance with
+our own best feelings. We would only say, that there is something
+disappointing in finding how much the whole procedure is beheld by
+these self-devoting women, as reflecting on their own destinies. It
+appears that their patients often grumble both at the food and the
+attendance which they receive. The Sisters say, they like to meet an
+ungrateful old woman, as it tries their humility and forbearance: it
+makes the greater merit towards an end in which they themselves are
+concerned. Now, we would put all this aside, and think only of the
+divinely recommended sentiment of the text, as calculated in some
+degree to make our life on earth an approach to that of its author. It
+is really hypercritical, however, even to intimate these dissenting
+remarks, especially when our main end is, after all, merely to bring
+the public into knowledge of an extraordinary phenomenon in human
+conduct, going on in an age which seems generally of so opposite a
+character.
+
+The Society of Les Petites Soeurs is, it appears, a new one, having
+originated only a few years ago in the exertions of an old female
+servant, who, having saved a little money, thought it could not be
+better employed than in succouring the aged and infirm of her own sex.
+Her idea was taken up by others of her own order, as well as by women
+of superior grade. The society was formed, and establishments were
+quickly set up in various parts of France. It was only in 1851 that a
+detachment of the sisterhood came to England, and settled themselves
+in Great Windmill Street, where, whatever be their motives, it must be
+admitted they contribute in no slight degree to the alleviation of
+that vast mass of misery which seems an inseparable element of large
+cities. They had, at the time of our visit, forty-seven old persons
+under their care.
+
+At a subsequent period of the same day, we visited an establishment
+somewhat similar at Hammersmith--at least similar in the repulsive
+character of the duties, though externally much more elegant. It is
+housed in a range of good buildings secluded in a garden, and is
+devoted to the reception of unfortunate young women who, under
+penitent feelings, wish to be restored to respectable society. The
+Sisterhood of the Good Shepherd, as they are called, entertain in this
+house nearly 100 such women, who, while undergoing the process of
+religious and moral regeneration, employ themselves in washing, so as
+to contribute to their own support. We saw the whole engaged in their
+humble employment, excepting a few who were under training in a
+school. At all times, in their bedrooms, at their meals, in their
+work-rooms, in their play-ground, they are under the immediate eye of
+some of the Sisters; but the general treatment includes as much
+kindness as is consistent with the object held in view. One trait of
+this kindness struck us as involving a remarkable delicacy: there is
+never, from first to last, one word of reference made to their former
+life. They are accepted as so many children coming to school for the
+first time. Even their names are sunk out of sight, and new ones
+applied. The Sisters speak of them as 'the children.' We learned that
+Protestant women are welcomed, but are expected not to stand out in
+inconvenient dissent from the ordinary rules of the house. We walked
+into the garden under the care of the mother-superior, and saw their
+little burial-ground, marked with low wooden crosses inscribed to
+Laura, to Perpetua, to Mary of the Seven Dolours, and other such
+names, indicating so many unfortunates who had here found a rest from
+their troubles. We likewise visited the chapel, the body of which is
+arranged for the use of the sisterhood; while a wing running off at
+the side of the altar, and concealed from view, is provided with
+seats for the penitents. The whole establishment is characterised by
+remarkably good taste. There is here a more cheerful tone than in the
+Great Windmill Street institution. The Sisters spoke, as usual, of
+being entirely happy--that unaccountable phenomenon to a Protestant
+mind.
+
+We do not need to inform the reader, that conventual establishments
+are not now so thin-sown in England as they were a few years ago, or
+that they occasionally draw into their circle individuals who started
+in life with very different prospects before them. The whole subject
+is one worthy of some inquiry, as a feature of our social state, by no
+means devoid of political importance; and it is for this very reason
+that we draw attention to the subject. Instead of contemptuously
+ignoring such things, let them, we say, be made known and investigated
+in a calm and philosophical spirit. It is for want of a steady
+comprehension of facts of the kind here adverted to, that an illusion
+is kept up respecting our existing social condition. It is heedlessly
+said, and every one repeats the error, that the age is a hard,
+mechanical one, which shines only in splendid materialities; but is it
+compatible with this notion, that there is ten times more earnest
+religious feeling of one kind and another than there was thirty years
+ago; that antiquities, mediaeval literature and architecture, are
+studied with a zeal hitherto unknown; and that such mystical writers
+as Carlyle, Tennyson, and Browning, carry off the palm from all the
+calm-blooded old-school men of letters? We rather think it is the most
+romantic, supra-material age that has yet been seen. The resurrection
+of conventual life, in some instances Catholic, in others Protestant,
+appears to us as one of the facts of this unexpected reaction, which
+doubtless will run its course, and then give place to something else,
+though not, we trust, till out of its commixture of good and evil some
+novelty hopeful for humanity has sprung.
+
+
+
+
+THE LATE EMPEROR OF CHINA.
+
+
+The announcement of a work by the late Dr Gutzlaff, entitled the _Life
+of Taou-Kwang, late Emperor of China, with Memoirs of the Court of
+Peking_,[1] excited a good deal of expectation; but for our own part,
+now that the book is published, we must confess our disappointment on
+finding it not a well-constructed memoir, but a volume bearing the
+appearance of a collection of materials put together just as they came
+to hand, with a view to re-arrangement. Declining health probably
+prevented the author from perfecting his plan, and hurried his pages
+to the press; death has now removed him from his labours. But a
+collection of authentic historic facts is valuable, however loosely
+embodied; and few writers have enjoyed such favourable opportunities
+as Dr Gutzlaff for obtaining them.
+
+Referring first to the personal history of Taou-Kwang, we find that
+his education was more Tatar than Chinese. He was one of the numerous
+grandchildren of the imperial house of Keelung, but without any
+expectation of filling the throne, as both his mother and paternal
+grandmother were inferior members of the imperial harem. The
+discipline under which the royal family was trained, was of the
+strictest kind. Each of the male children, on completing his sixth
+year, was placed with the rest under a course of education
+superintended by the state. Though eminent doctors were engaged to
+instruct them in Chinese literature, yet archery and horsemanship were
+considered higher accomplishments, and the most expert masters from
+Mongolia and Manchooria trained them in these exercises. They were
+treated as mere schoolboys, were allotted a very small income for
+their maintenance, were closely confined to the apartments assigned to
+them, kept in entire ignorance of passing events, and allowed little
+intercourse with the court--none with the people. Not till each had
+passed his twentieth year, was there any relaxation of this
+discipline. Taou-Kwang was about this age when his father ascended the
+throne, in consequence of the somewhat capricious appointment of
+Keelung, who abdicated, and soon after died. The new emperor
+surrounded himself with buffoons, playactors, and boon-companions. The
+debaucheries, jealousies, and cruelties of his reign, remind us of
+what we have half sceptically read of Nero and Caligula. But
+Taou-Kwang kept aloof alike from the frivolities and the intrigues of
+his father's court: he seemed to have no desire ungratified so long as
+he had his bow and arrows, his horse and matchlock; and even after he
+was unexpectedly nominated heir to the throne, in consequence of
+having personally defended his father from a band of assassins, his
+new expectations made no difference in his frugal and modest way of
+life. The emperor at length died; it did not clearly appear by what
+means, and it would perhaps have been troublesome to inquire: the
+empress-dowager waived the claims of her son; and Taou-Kwang ascended
+the throne without bloodshed. The luxury of the preceding reign now
+gave place to sobriety and economy; though the usual ceremonies of the
+court were strictly observed, they were conducted in the least
+expensive manner; and the ruling passion of the monarch soon appeared
+to be avarice.
+
+Taou-Kwang had no taste either for literature or the arts; and he
+jumbled together in one large magazine the beautiful pictures, clocks,
+and musical instruments accumulated by his ancestors. To explain and
+repair these, there had always been Europeans, chiefly Portuguese, in
+attendance; and to some of these we have been indebted in times past
+for memoirs of the court of Peking; but Taou-Kwang dismissed the last
+of them. It is believed that an undefined dread of Western power had
+much to do with this distaste for the products of its ingenuity.
+
+The only orgies which the emperor seemed desirous of maintaining, were
+feasts for the promotion of Manchoo union; on which occasions, the
+Manchoos assembled to eat meat without rice--in order to maintain the
+recollection of their Nimrodic origin--and to drink an intoxicating
+liquor made of mare's milk. He had a favourite sequestered abode at no
+great distance from the capital, where he had allowed the vegetation
+to run wild and rank, in order to make it a rural retreat, instead of
+an imperial park. All business was excluded from the precincts, and
+here the emperor spent much of his time, wandering solitarily on foot
+among the trees, amusing himself with the friends of his youth, or
+sailing, with some of the ladies of his family, along the mimic
+rivers.
+
+According to traditional usage, the monarch must perform a pilgrimage
+to the tombs of his ancestors. The astronomical, or rather
+astrological board having ascertained the month, the day, the hour,
+even the minute, when the stars would prove propitious, the cavalcade
+set out. The princes of the blood, the ladies of the palace, and the
+favourite ministers of the court, formed part of the train, which was
+attended by at least 2000 camels. But even an emperor cannot travel
+through waste and desert lands without inconvenience; and though great
+preparations had been made beforehand in erecting temporary dwellings
+where no villages were to be found, yet his Celestial majesty, with
+his court, had often to bivouac under tents in the open air. The
+people crowded in thousands to see their sovereign--a liberty which,
+it is well known, may not be used in Peking, where every one must
+hasten to hide his head as from the fabled Gorgon. The ancestral tombs
+at Mookden, where the imperial manes repose under care of a large
+garrison, were at length reached. And now Taou-Kwang became a family
+man, abandoning the forms of state and the pomp of empire, and
+mingling in familiar intercourse with his relatives and attendants.
+Such particulars prove that we must receive at very considerable
+discount the descriptions hitherto published concerning the extreme
+sacredness of the emperor's person, the monotonous routine of ceremony
+to which he is condemned, and the impossibility of his 'indulging in
+the least relaxation from the fatiguing support of his dignity.' Turn
+we now to public events.
+
+By a series of unexpected conquests, the three largest empires in the
+world have been gradually approaching each other's frontiers in Asia.
+England, from the distant West, has formed military establishments
+bordering on Thibet; China, from the remote East, has come to take
+that country under its dominion; while Russia, the colossus of Europe,
+has traversed the ice-fields of Siberia, and furnished an extensive
+northern frontier to Mongolia and Manchooria, the Tatar dominions of
+China. These powers, by their combined influence, keep within bounds
+the lawless hordes of Asia, by whose frequent irruptions in past ages
+vast regions of more civilised territory were overwhelmed, and whole
+nations extirpated. The empire that effects most in this way is China,
+and that with the smallest amount of means. Its frontier army is
+indeed but a burlesque compared with the well-appointed warriors of
+England and Russia; yet the Usbecks, Calmuks, and Kinghis are kept in
+subjection. The volume before us gives some insight into the mode in
+which this is accomplished.
+
+A formidable insurrection, excited partly by religious enthusiasm,
+broke out in the western parts of Chinese Tatary in 1826. An able
+leader was found in Tehangir, a descendant of one of the former
+princes. He proclaimed himself the deliverer of the faithful from the
+infidel yoke, drew multitudes to his standard, and proceeded
+victoriously from city to city. The imperial army sent to quell this
+insurrection cost on an average L.23,000 of our money per day; and
+though victories were, as usual, reported, there was no appearance of
+the war coming to a termination. What prowess could not effect was
+accomplished by bribery. The Mohammedans were themselves divided into
+rival factions; and the Karatak ('black caps') were induced by Chinese
+diplomacy to turn against the Altktak ('white caps'), to whom Tehangir
+belonged. He was betrayed, taken to Peking, and cut to pieces in
+presence of the emperor; after which, nearly the whole of Turkistan
+was laid waste by fire and sword. After twenty more of the rebels had
+been decapitated, the emperor enacted new laws for the country, with
+the view of attaching the people to himself by the mildness of his
+rule. The black caps were promoted either to offices of trust in their
+own country, or to places of distinction in the Chinese army. When
+Turkistan again became the seat of trouble in 1830, the emperor at
+once sent 4000 camels with 2,000,000 taels of silver (about L.700,000)
+to settle matters, which was considered much wiser than to engage in a
+long and expensive war. A similar policy was pursued in 1847, when a
+formidable rising occurred, during which Kashgar was taken, and the
+Manchoo forces routed. The Mohammedan leaders agreed to accept the
+emperor's bounty; and on condition of all lives being spared, the
+imperial troops were allowed to recapture Kashgar as by military
+force. A splendid victory was of course announced in the _Peking
+Gazette_; and in the subsequent distribution of rewards, the
+diplomatist was raised ten steps above the general.
+
+It is commonly believed that the Celestial Empire dwells in perpetual
+peace within itself, as the fruit of that universal spirit of
+subordination and filial obedience which is the great object of all
+its institutions. Nothing, however, can be more erroneous. Not only do
+the restless Tatars frequently break into revolt, but in China itself,
+the extortions of the mandarins, or the occurrence of famine,
+frequently excites a village, a city, or even a large district to
+rebellion; and there are cases of an infuriated population actually
+broiling their magistrates over a slow fire. The usual policy of
+Taou-Kwang in all such cases was to send an army, but at the same time
+to set the leaders at loggerheads by administering suitable bribes,
+and inducing them to betray each other. In this manner, a civil war
+can be brought to a speedy conclusion; and then the cruelty of the
+victorious government knows no bounds. 'The treatment of political
+prisoners,' says our author, 'is really so shocking as to be
+incredible, if one had not been an eye-witness of these inhuman
+deeds.'
+
+The volume affords us some amusing particulars connected with the
+collision with England. When the British fleet was expected in the
+Chinese waters, the imperial orders were, to 'listen to no proposals,
+but fire on the ships, and annihilate them at once.' To the great
+emperor, it would have appeared quite ridiculous to condescend to
+negotiation with so inferior a power as Britain: he had given his
+orders; these must be obeyed; and his minister had himself written a
+letter to Queen Victoria, that she might not plead ignorance of the
+high behests of his Celestial majesty. It was not till the fleet
+appeared at the mouth of the Pei-Ho, and the capital was in danger,
+that Taou-Kwang deigned to seek an accommodation by means of his
+smooth-tongued minister Keshen, who negotiated an armistice, promising
+that all wrongs would be redressed by a commission appointed to meet
+the British representatives at Canton. But as soon as the fleet turned
+southward, the danger was considered visionary; and again the cry
+arose to punish the insolence of the Western barbarians, as the
+English were politely designated. The empress-dowager, who was never
+before known to meddle with state affairs, told her son that 'the
+English and Chinese could not co-exist under the canopy of heaven;
+that the Celestial Empire must assert its superiority over these
+barbarian robbers; and that unless he waged war to their utter
+extermination, his ancestors would never acknowledge him in Hades.'
+Keshen was now denounced as a traitor to his country for having come
+to any terms; he was sentenced to death; and though his execution was
+deferred, yet his whole property, amounting in silver alone to the
+value of three millions sterling, was confiscated; his very wives were
+sold by auction; and he who had been one of the richest men in the
+empire, had not the means of buying himself a jacket.
+
+Elepoo, the imperial commissioner at Ning-poo, opposite Chusan, was
+also denounced. His crime was, that he had, according to the terms of
+the truce, surrendered the English prisoners, notwithstanding the
+counter-orders he had received to send them to Peking as trophies of
+victory, to be cut to pieces according to custom. Among them was a
+captain's wife, who had been wrecked, and had thus fallen into his
+power. A happy thought struck some of the mandarins--that she might be
+passed off as the sister of the barbarian Queen. She was accordingly
+put into a cage, and carried about for exhibition; but Elepoo
+delivered her from the excruciating death she would have suffered as
+Queen Victoria's sister, and restored her to her countrymen. The whole
+cabinet was indignant; he was summoned to appear immediately before
+his exasperated sovereign, and sentenced to transportation to the
+deserts of Manchooria.
+
+When it came to fighting in earnest, and there was for the Chinese, as
+we know, nothing but utter defeat, still there was no report sent to
+court but of victory. But as million after million of taels vanished,
+and grandee after grandee disappeared, the emperor was obliged to be
+informed of the real state of affairs, and his wrath knew no bounds.
+In vain he threatened utter destruction to the barbarians, if they did
+not instantly leave the coasts; in vain called on the people to arm
+themselves _en masse_, and protect their lives and property: no one
+stirred, and the emperor resorted to new counsellors for new plans of
+defence. It was now gravely proposed, to build a fleet three times as
+powerful as that of the British, and station it near Singapore and
+Anjeer, to intercept the British vessels ere they reached China, and
+annihilate their fleet piecemeal. The forests were to be felled to
+supply materials: the only thing wanting was some English men-of-war,
+to serve as models. Again, Hou-chunn, the Marshal Ney of China, was
+ready to face the whole British fleet if he had but a steamer to carry
+6000 men, half divers, half gunners; the divers would jump into the
+water, and sink the English ships by boring large holes in them, while
+the gunners would keep up an incessant fire. Striking as this plan
+appeared, the emperor doubted its practicability. Imitation steamships
+had been attempted already; but though they looked quite like the
+foreign ones, they would not move: the paddles had to be turned like a
+treadmill. Another great suggestion, was to march 300,000 men right
+through the Russian territories to London, and put a stop to all
+further operations by crushing the English at home!
+
+Meanwhile, the British arms prevailed; and when the fleet reached the
+first bend in the Yang-tse-kiang, there happened a solar eclipse; it
+was impossible not to see that the sun of China had set for ever!
+
+When Taou-Kwang found that the danger actually threatened his throne
+and his person, he hastily packed up his effects, and prepared to fly
+to some of the interior provinces; but being assured that peace might
+yet be obtained, he gave _carte blanche_ for its conclusion. 'One can
+form no adequate idea,' says Dr Gutzlaff, 'of the utter amazement of
+the Chinese on perceiving that the "son of heaven" was not invincible;
+and that he was even fallible; a revulsion of feeling took place, such
+as had never been known before; and the political supremacy which
+China had so proudly asserted, was humbled in the dust.'
+
+As soon as peace was concluded, the first care of Taou-Kwang was to
+punish the champions who had clamoured for war, but proved cowards in
+the fight. Some had already died of grief, some had committed suicide,
+and others had fled. But those who remained within the monarch's
+grasp, besides many civil and military officers who had been compelled
+to surrender their cities, were treated with merciless severity.
+Keshen's extreme sentence was reversed, and he was made pipe-bearer to
+the emperor.
+
+A new era had now commenced. It had been proved to a demonstration,
+that the mandarins were common mortals, and that the great emperor did
+not sway the whole world. Democratic assemblies rose in every part of
+the land; the people must be consulted where their happiness was
+concerned; the citizens and peasants turned politicians; and if in any
+case remonstrance failed, they proceeded, _en masse_, to the
+government offices, and carried by force what was denied to courtesy.
+The emperor learning these movements, instantly took the popular side;
+laid all the blame on the mandarins, and superseded those who had
+given offence. The taxes which had been refused, he remitted as an act
+of sovereign favour; and the laws were relaxed--often to the injury of
+well-disposed citizens. The people were again and again termed the
+dear children of the emperor, and every member of the cabinet found
+his best interest in advocating popular measures.
+
+The rest of Taou-Kwang's reign was spent chiefly in endeavours to
+improve his naval and military forces, and in fruitless struggles to
+replenish the exhausted treasury of the state. His own, meanwhile, was
+full to overflowing, having received immense accessions from the
+confiscated property of his unsuccessful generals and degraded
+ministers. He died on the 25th of February 1850, aged sixty-nine. In
+his will, there appears the following notice of the English war: 'The
+little fools beyond the Western Ocean were chastised and quelled by
+our troops, and peace was soon made; but we presumed not to vaunt our
+martial powers.'
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] London: Smith, Elder, & Co.: 1852.
+
+
+
+
+A GLIMPSE OF BALLYVOURNEY.
+
+
+Among the various plans that have been suggested for ameliorating the
+condition of Ireland, and improving the moral and social status of her
+people, I know of few better calculated to produce these beneficial
+results than that of opening good lines of road through wild and
+uncultivated districts, and by this means facilitating the intercourse
+between the inhabitants of almost unknown regions and those of more
+advanced and enlightened districts. Where this has been done, in
+conjunction with other local improvements, a moral regeneration has
+taken place that could scarcely be credited by those who have not
+witnessed the effect. In proof of what I say, I will endeavour to give
+a short account of a journey I made last summer from Cork to the
+far-famed Lakes of Killarney. I had performed the same journey several
+years before; but I now travelled, after passing Macroom, by a road
+that had been made since my last visit, through Ballyvourney, a wild
+and mountainous district, formerly impassable. The territorial
+improvements there are now matter of history, it having been proved
+before the Commissioners of Land Inquiry, that land, valued at 3s. 9d.
+per acre, had been made permanently worth L.4 per acre by a small
+outlay, which, with all expenses, rent, and interest of money, was
+repaid in three years.
+
+The land had been deep turf (peat), and all but useless for
+agricultural purposes. By drainage, cultivation, and irrigation,
+however, it was made to produce the finest meadow grass, sold annually
+by public auction for from L.4 to L.6 per acre; and sometimes it
+yielded a second, and even a third crop. The great secret of this
+improvement was, that the then proprietor gave his steward, who was
+likewise his relation, a permanent interest in his outlay, by letting
+him the land on lease for ever. In consequence of his doing so, the
+very worst land, judging by the surface, has been made equal in value
+to town fields; and in the progress of this work, the wildest race
+perhaps in the world, have now become a civilised and industrious
+people. Mr C---- has sold his interest in the improvements for
+L.10,000, calculated, on the average profit of past years, at twenty
+years' purchase.
+
+When he first undertook the work, he had every difficulty to contend
+with: the people were unused to labour, and so wild and savage, that
+no stranger dared to settle among them. I was told that when the first
+land-steward was seen at the chapel in a dress which denoted him to be
+a stranger, he heard a man behind him telling another in Irish--which
+he supposed to be unknown to the stranger--the part of his neck in
+which he would plant a deadly wound before he got home. The steward
+fortunately understood the native tongue, and quitting the chapel
+before the service was over, he fled from the dangerous place.
+
+The present civilisation and industrious habits of the people,
+compared with their barbarism thirty years ago, shews that the Irish
+character, when properly directed, is as capable of advancement as any
+other in the world. There was at that time no road into or out of
+Ballyvourney: it was in this respect like the Happy Valley. The passes
+are yet in existence, and are fearful to look at, where a gentleman
+from Kenmare, on his journeys to Cork, used to bring his chariot,
+accompanied by a number of footmen, and unharnessing the horses, let
+it down by ropes from the top of the precipice. There is another spot
+of the kind on the road from Killarney to Cahersiveen and Valentia,
+where on the side of the Hill of Droum, nearly precipitous from the
+sea, is the track-mark of the carriage-road, if such it can be called,
+where the vehicle used to be supported and dragged by men. A new road
+has since been made there: the Atlantic Ocean is so directly beneath,
+that a passenger may drop a stone into it as he drives along; while
+Droum Hill stands perpendicularly above him. It is a most magnificent
+scene; terminating with the ruins of Daniel O'Connell's birthplace.
+Visitors to Ireland usually conclude their journey at Killarney; but
+if they would continue their route to Caragh Lake, Blackstone, Lady
+Headley's improvements, and go on through the Pass of Droum to
+Valentia and Cahersiveen, they would discover that Killarney is only
+the opening to a scene of grandeur and sublimity.
+
+Mr C---- found Ballyvourney in the inaccessible state I have
+described. The people held every year, on Whitsunday, a royal
+faction-fight; and for this, preparation was made almost every Sunday
+in the year. They fought with deadly weapons, sticks loaded with lead,
+and stones. Pensioners, who were accustomed to firearms, were hired
+for the occasion; but the weapon chiefly used was a short scythe, and
+men may still be found bearing its mark in contracted legs and arms:
+one man having Tim Halisy, his mark; another, Paddy Murphy, his mark,
+indelibly inscribed on his body. They had little or no agriculture--no
+wheeled cart, and scarcely even a spade. A crop of oats was a
+curiosity; and when there was such a thing, the only mode of conveying
+it to market was on a horse's back. Their agricultural operations were
+confined to feeding cattle, and they depended on their milk and butter
+for paying their rent, and purchasing the necessaries of life. Their
+mode of carrying butter to Cork was curious. I have often seen crowds
+of thirty, forty, or fifty men, seated on little ill-formed horses,
+which had two panniers swinging on the back, containing frequently
+only a single firkin of butter in one, and a stone in the other, the
+man being seated between. They fed their horses on the road-side,
+never entering an inn-yard; and they generally travelled by night. No
+one would trust another with his property; and on their journey of
+forty Irish miles, they expended no money. The scythe was their
+farming-implement to cut such coarse hay as grew in the bottoms near
+rivers. On Whitsunday, whoever could keep possession of a large stone
+called _Carrigun na Killeagh_, was champion for the year, and the
+party to which he belonged was triumphant until the next annual
+battle. On one occasion, the battle was almost ended, the champion was
+possessor of the stone for nearly the prescribed time; he gave one
+cheer of victory, then another, and was about to give the crowning
+cheer, when a signal was made to a pensioner, who had been hired for
+the purpose, and placed in ambush. He fired, and the ball pierced the
+conqueror's neck, without mortally wounding him. The man fell, and
+while on the ground, was seen pulling the moss and grass around him,
+and stuffing them into the wound, to prevent the flow of blood, that
+he might again mount the rock of victory. The next day he was seen out
+of doors by the doctor, for whom his wife had secretly sent; and after
+much entreaty, his determination not to allow the opposite party to
+know that he had been seriously hurt was overcome, and he permitted
+the doctor to examine the wound, and replace the styptics of his own
+providing with more scientific remedies.
+
+Another story of the barbarism of the people was told me on my
+journey. A farmer's cow had momentarily trespassed on another man's
+land, one of a hostile faction. The farmer offered to pay for the
+damage, but the reply he received was a shot which killed him on the
+spot. His brother, who saw the catastrophe, ran to raise the victim;
+but the man had already reloaded his gun, and shot the brother dead. A
+third brother, having seen the two fall, ran to the succour so
+quickly, that the murderer had not time to complete the reloading of
+his gun; and as a crowd was collecting, he ran off. Mr C---- used
+every exertion to have him taken, and for three years was
+unsuccessful; until obtaining the aid of a neighbour, a petty
+chieftain of a hostile clan, he at last succeeded. On the trial, one
+of the men who had witnessed the murders, and whom Mr C---- called to
+swear informations, denied the guilt of the accused, swore an _alibi_,
+and declared that he had on the day in question sold him a cow at a
+fair twenty miles distant. He was, however, convicted, and hanged on
+the spot where the murders were committed. By punishments of various
+kinds--transporting the most hardened, and sending others to the
+treadmill--the people were at length brought into some sort of order.
+
+Tim Halisy was Mr C----'s right-hand man--his manager, sub-agent,
+&c.: he was rich in cows and sheep; and though rather advanced in
+life, he married a very young girl, who had a fortune of forty cows.
+By degrees, Tim grew careless, lost his office, and resolved
+henceforth to enjoy a life of luxury. His habits became deteriorated;
+and during the latter years of his life, a gallon of whisky was sent
+for daily to the public-house; and this was put into the milk-pails,
+and the cows milked into it. Upon this sustenance, Tim and his wife
+lived; they spent the whole day at home drinking, and were not known
+to use bread or animal food. As may be supposed, the cows soon came to
+the market one by one; and Tim and his wife, after years of misery,
+died in great indigence.
+
+In the year 1822, Mr C---- commenced his local improvements. The first
+thing he did was to obtain the opening of a new line of road from
+Macroom to Killarney, and another to Kenmare. In the various works
+connected with these, the people first learned the use of the spade
+and shovel, and became inured to a continued day's work. There was now
+a possibility of carrying corn to market if grown, or of bringing it
+into the parish; and Mr C---- built a mill for grinding it. He also
+built an inn, and induced a coach-proprietor to run his coach from
+Cork to Killarney through Ballyvourney, it being a better line in
+distance, level, picturesque, and beautiful--far surpassing in every
+respect the old road by Millstreet. He gave sixty acres of land for a
+clergyman's glebe, built a house for him, and undertook--long previous
+to the late laws--the payment of the incumbent. The Board of First
+Fruits built a church, but were obliged during the work to have the
+protection of the military. In a very extensive culture of turnip and
+corn crops; in drainage on a large scale; in the building of capacious
+farm-offices; in planting the land not of an arable quality; and
+latterly, in the thinning of these plantations--all under the
+direction of a Scotch steward--almost unlimited employment was given;
+in addition to which, the establishment of a dispensary, the constant
+residence of a valuable clergyman, a station for police, and the
+intercourse carried on by the daily running of two public vehicles,
+have combined to render the inhabitants of Ballyvourney as industrious
+and civilised as those in any part of the British islands. They have
+become a quiet and peaceable race; a riot is never heard of among
+them; and the Stone of Victory has long been covered with lichen,
+moss, and grass. The people annually assemble at the Holy Well, and go
+their rounds at the station; and the little image of St Gobnet, in
+the walls of an old church, is still looked on with adoration, and
+handkerchiefs thrown up to touch it, that they may bring healing
+virtue to the sick. The rector's residence is closely adjacent to the
+Holy Well, the station, and the image of St Gobnet, and the stone of
+victory within a few feet of his hall door. Yet he can go to bed at
+night without a lock to a door, or a bar to a window. Women and girls
+may be found in abundance who can thin and hoe turnips in the best
+manner. As good ploughmen and agriculturists in the various
+departments may now be had in Ballyvourney as in most places. All
+faction-fights are at an end; and although, little more than twenty
+years ago, these were the weekly Sabbath occupation, they are now like
+an item of an old almanac. By employing similar means, might not other
+parts of this naturally fine country be equally improved, and made the
+abode of a thriving and contented people?
+
+
+
+
+THE DAUGHTER OF THE BARDI.
+
+A TRUE OLD TALE.
+
+
+The Via dei Bardi is one of the most ancient streets of Florence.
+Long, dark, and narrow, it reaches from the extremity of the Ponte
+Rubaconte to the right of the Ponte Vecchio. Its old houses look
+decayed and squalid now; but in former days they were magnificent and
+orderly, full of all the state of those times, being the residences of
+many of the Florentine nobility. How many struggles of faction, how
+many scenes of civil war, have these old houses witnessed! for in the
+period of their splendour, Florence was torn by intestine feuds; from
+generation to generation, Guelfs and Ghibelines, Bianchi and Neri,
+handed down their bitter quarrels, private and personal animosity
+mingling with public or party spirit, and ending in many a dark and
+violent deed. These combatants are all sleeping now: the patriot, the
+banished citizen, the timid, the cruel--all, all are gone, and have
+left us only tales to read, or lessons to learn, if we can but use
+them. But we are not skilled to teach a lesson; we would rather tell a
+legend of those times, recalled to mind, especially at present,
+because it has been chosen as the subject of a fine picture recently
+finished by a Florentine artist, Benedetto Servolino.
+
+In the Via dei Bardi stood, probably still stands, the house inhabited
+by the chief of the great and noble family from whom it takes its
+name--we write of the period of the fiercest struggles between the
+Guelfs and Ghibelines; and the Bardi were powerful partisans of the
+latter party. In that house dwelt a young girl of uncommon beauty, and
+yet more uncommon character. An old writer thus describes her: 'To
+look on her was enchantment; her eyes called you to love her; her
+smile was like heaven; if you heard her speak, you were conquered. Her
+whole person was a miracle of beauty, and her deportment had a certain
+maidenly pride, springing from a pure heart and conscious integrity.'
+
+From the troubled scenes she had witnessed, her mind had acquired
+composure and courage unusual with her sex, and it was of that high
+stamp that is prone to admire with enthusiasm all generous and
+self-devoting deeds. Such a being, however apt to inspire love, was
+not likely to be easily won; accordingly, the crowd of lovers who at
+first surrounded Dianora gradually dropped off, for they gained no
+favour. All were received with the same bright and beautiful smile,
+and a gay, charming grace, which flattered no man's vanity; so they
+carried their homage to other shrines where it might be more prized,
+though by an inferior idol. And what felt Dianora when her votaries
+left her? We are not told; but not long after, you might see, if you
+walked along the street of the Bardi towards evening, a beautiful
+woman sitting near a balcony: a frame of embroidery is before her; but
+her eyes are oftener turned to the street than to the lilies she is
+working. It is Dianora. But surely it is not idle curiosity that bends
+her noble brow so often this way, and beams in her bright, speaking
+eyes, and sweet, kind smile. On whom is it turned, and why does her
+cheek flush so quickly? A youth of graceful and manly appearance is
+passing her window; his name is Hyppolito: he has long cherished the
+image of Dianora as Dante did that of his Beatrice. In loving her, he
+loved more ardently everything that is good and noble in the world; he
+shunned folly and idleness, and strove to make himself worthy of
+what he believed Dianora to be. At length, one of Cupid's
+emissaries--whether nurse or friend the chronicle does not tell--aided
+Hyppolito in meeting Dianora. One meeting succeeded another, till she
+gave him her heart, as such a true, young heart is given, with entire
+confidence, and a strength of feeling peculiar to herself. But what
+could they hope? Hyppolito's family were of the opposite party, and
+they knew it was vain to expect from them even a patient bearing; nor
+were the Bardi behind in proper feelings of hatred. What was to be
+done? There was but one Dianora--but one Hyppolito in the world; so
+have many wise young people thought of each other both before and
+since the days of the Ghibelines; but these two might be excused for
+thinking so, for many who saw them were of the same opinion. To
+part--what was the world to them if they were parted? Their station,
+their years, their tastes--so removed from noisy and frivolous
+pleasures--their virtuous characters, seemed to point out that they
+were born for each other. What divided them? One only point--the
+adverse political feelings of their families. Shall they sacrifice
+themselves to these? No. Thus reasoned Hyppolito; but we think the
+chronicles exaggerate the virtues of Dianora's character; for how many
+a girl unchronicled by fame has, before the still tribunal of her own
+sense of duty to God and her parents, sacrificed her dearest hopes
+rather than offend them; and this, with all her heroism, Dianora did
+not, but gave up all these dear early claims for her new love.
+
+Delays were needless, for time could do nothing to smooth their path;
+so it was determined that Hyppolito should bring a ladder to Dianora's
+window, and, aided by their friend, they should find their way to a
+priest prepared to give them his blessing. The night appointed
+came--still and beautiful as heart could wish; the stars sparkling in
+the deep blue sky, bright as they may now be seen in that fair clime.
+Hyppolito has reached the house; he has fixed the ladder of ropes;
+there is no moon to betray him; in a minute, his light step will have
+reached the balcony. But there is a noise in the street, and lights
+approaching; the night-guard is passing; they have seen the ladder,
+for the street is narrow. Hyppolito is down, and tries to escape--in
+vain. They seize and drag him to prison. What was he doing there? What
+can he reply? That he meant to enter the house, to carry something
+from it, or commit some bad deed, cannot be denied. He will not betray
+Dianora; it would only be to separate them for ever, and leave her
+with a stained name. He yields to his fate; the proofs are
+irresistible, and, by the severe law of Florence at that period,
+Hyppolito must die. All Florence is in amazement. So estimable a
+youth, to all outward appearance, to be in reality addicted to the
+basest crimes! Who could have believed it? But he confesses; there is
+no room for doubt. Pardon is implored by his afflicted friends; but no
+pardon can be granted for so flagrant a crime.
+
+Hyppolito had one consolation--his father never doubted him; if he
+had, one glance of his son's clear though sad eye, and candid, open
+brow, would have reassured him. He saw there was a mystery, but he was
+sure it involved no guilt on Hyppolito's part. Hyppolito also believed
+that his good name would one day be cleared, and that his noble
+Dianora would in due time remove the stain that clouded it. He
+consented to die, rather than live separated from her. Yet poor
+Hyppolito was sorry to leave the world so young; and sadly, though
+calmly, he arranged his small possessions, for the benefit of those he
+loved, and of the poor, to whom he had always been a friend.
+
+He slept quietly the night preceding the time fixed for his execution,
+and was early ready to take his place in the sad procession. Did no
+thought cross Hyppolito's clear mind, that he was throwing away, in
+weak passion, a life given to him by God for noble ends? We know not;
+but there he was--calm, firm, and serious. His only request was, that
+the procession might pass through the street of the Bardi, which some
+thought was a sign of penitence, an act of humiliation. The sad train
+moves on. An old man sitting at a door rises, strains his eyes to
+catch a last glimpse of Hyppolito, and then covers them in anguish,
+and sinks down again. This is an old man he had saved from misery and
+death. Two youths, hand in hand, are gazing with sad faces, and tears
+run down their cheeks. They are orphans: he had clothed and fed them.
+Hyppolito sees them, and even in that moment remembers it is he who
+deprives them of a protector: but it is too late to think now; for he
+is approaching the scene of his fault and the place of his punishment,
+and other feelings swell in his heart. His brows are contracted; his
+eyes bent on the house of the Bardi, as if they would pierce the
+stones of its walls; and now they are cast down, as though he would
+raise them no more on earth. But he starts, for he hears a loud
+shriek, a rushing, and an opening of the crowd: they seem to be awed
+by something that approaches. It is a woman, whoso violent gestures
+defy opposition; she looks like a maniac just escaped from her
+keepers; she has reached Hyppolito; his fettered arms move as if they
+would receive her, but in vain. She turns to the crowd, and some among
+them recognise the modest and beautiful daughter of Bardi. She calls
+out: 'He is innocent of every crime but having loved me. To save me
+from shame, he has borne all this disgrace. And he is going to death;
+but you cannot kill him now. I tell you he is guiltless; and if he
+dies, I die with him.'
+
+The people stand amazed. At last there is a shout: 'It must be true!
+he is innocent!' The execution is stopped till the truth is
+ascertained, and Dianora's statement is fully confirmed. And who shall
+paint the return from death to life of poor Hyppolito? and to such a
+life! for blazoned as the story of her love had been, Dianora's
+parents, considering also her firm character, subjected even the
+spirit of party to the voice of affection and reason; and Hyppolito's
+family, softened by sorrow, gladly embraced their Ghibeline daughter.
+Whether in after-life Hyppolito and Dianora were distinguished by the
+qualities they had shewn in youth, and whether the promise of
+affection was realised by time and intimate acquaintance, no chronicle
+remains to tell. This short glimpse of both is all that is snatched
+from oblivion--this alone stands out in bright relief, to shew us they
+once were; the rest is lost in the darkness of time.
+
+The moment chosen by the artist is when Dianora rushes from her house
+into the midst of the crowd, and reaches Hyppolito, surrounded by
+priests and soldiers. It is easy to see to what a varied expression of
+passion and action this point of the story gives rise.
+
+
+
+
+A CURIOSITY IN NATURAL HISTORY.
+
+
+The crustacean class of animals, of which the lobster, crab, and
+shrimp are familiar examples, have this peculiarity of structure--that
+their soft bodies are enclosed within a coat-of-mail formed of
+carbonate and phosphate of lime. In fact, they carry their skeleton
+outside their bodies, both for defence of the vital parts within, and
+for the attachment of the muscles which move their limbs, and every
+part of their frame. No warrior of old was ever more completely
+enveloped in his hard coat-of-mail, with its jointed greaves and
+overlapping scales, than is the lobster in its crustaceous covering;
+with this exception, that the warrior could at pleasure unbuckle
+himself from his armour, whereas the body and limbs of the crustacea
+are completely incased in hollow cylinders, firmly and accurately
+jointed, from which there is no such ready release. Now, as this
+shelly integument envelops them from their earliest youth, and as it
+does not expand and grow, the natural growth of the soft body beneath
+would be entirely prevented did not nature supply a remedy of a very
+curious kind--the exuviation, or periodical throwing off of the
+external crust, and the formation of a larger shell-covering fitted
+for the increasing growth of the animal. This is a circumstance which
+has long been familiar to naturalists, and indeed the most ordinary
+observer must have often remarked in the crabs and lobsters brought to
+table, appearances indicative of their change of external coverings.
+In the back of the edible crab, may often be noticed a red membrane
+lining the inner side of the shell, but so loose as to be readily
+detached. Along the greater part of its course this membrane has
+already assumed a half-crustaceous consistence, and is just the
+preparatory process to the old shell being thrown off by the animal.
+There is another curious circumstance which has also been long
+known--that crabs and lobsters can renew lost limbs. Some
+misconception, however, had existed regarding the manner in which this
+was effected, until the observations of the late Sir John Dalyell have
+thrown more accurate light on the subject.
+
+This most amiable and eminent zoologist, who was lost to science last
+year, afforded a pleasing illustration of the solace and delight which
+the pursuit of the study of nature yields to the diligent inquirer
+into her mysteries. With a feeble constitution and frame of body,
+which precluded his mingling in the more active pursuits of everyday
+life, this sedentary philosopher collected around him examples of
+minute and curious being from the depths of the ocean, from lake and
+river, and for many long years found the delight of his leisure hours
+in watching the habits of the animals, and in discovering and
+describing many singular circumstances in the constitution of their
+bodies, and the peculiar adaptations of their structure and instincts
+to their modes of existence. One of his last communications to the
+public, imparted with all the modesty and simplicity of true genius,
+at the last meeting of the British Association in Edinburgh, was on
+this subject of the exuviation of the crustacea.[2]
+
+It appears from Sir John's observations that crustaceans begin to
+throw off their shells at a very early period of their life, even in
+that embryo state in which they first appear after having left the
+egg, and before they have yet assumed the real form of their mature
+state. During every successive exuviation in this embryo state, they
+assume more and more of their perfect and established form. While the
+crab is young and rapidly growing, frequent exuviations take place at
+short intervals, from three to five times in the course of one year.
+Previous to the change, the animal almost ceases to feed, and becomes
+rather inactive; the proper time having at length arrived, exuviation
+is effected in the course of a few hours, body and limbs being alike
+relieved from their hard covering. Until the new shell acquires
+firmness and strength, the creature is very shy, and in the state of
+nature, retires into cavities below rocks or heaps of protecting
+sea-weed. Sir John had kept for some time one of our smaller species
+of shore-crabs (_Carcinus monas_), of medium size, of a brown colour,
+with one white limb. One summer evening it was put outside the window
+in a capacious glass-vessel of sea-water. In the morning a form
+exactly resembling its own, only somewhat larger, lay in the vessel.
+This was the same animal, which had performed exuviation, and
+extricated itself from the old shell during the night. The resemblance
+between both forms was complete--everything was the same, even the
+white limb was seen in both. Another specimen kept was of smaller
+size, the opposite extremities of the limbs being only thirteen lines
+asunder; its colour was green, with three white patches on the back.
+In the course of little more than a year five exuviations took place
+at irregular intervals, the new shell and animal becoming larger each
+time. The third shell came on uniformly green, the white spots being
+entirely obliterated. On the fourth exuviation, the limbs expanded two
+inches and a half. From the long slender form of the limbs of
+crustacea, they are very liable to mutilation. Crabs are also a very
+pugnacious family, and in their battles limbs are often snapped off.
+These mutilations, however, are readily repaired; although, contrary
+to what was the common belief, the restoration takes place only at the
+next regular period of exuviation.
+
+The full-grown common crab (_Cancer pagurus_) is of a reddish-brown
+colour, the claws tipped black; but some of the young are naturally of
+the purest white, which remains long unsullied. This does not arise
+from confinement, which, according to Sir John, has no influence on
+colour. 'A young white specimen of the common crab was subjected to
+observation on 29th September. The body might have been circumscribed
+in a circle three-quarters of an inch in diameter, and the extended
+limbs by one-and-a-half inch in diameter. Its first exuviation ensued
+on 8th November, the second on the 30th of April following, and the
+shell then produced subsisted till 12th September, when another
+exuviation took place, introducing a new shell of such transparent
+white that the interior almost shone through it. All the shells were
+white, and increased somewhat in size successively. This last shell of
+12th September subsisted until 29th March, being 197 days, when it was
+thrown off during another exuviation.'
+
+But what was remarkable, the animal now had only the two large claws,
+the other eight limbs were deficient. 'Resting on its breast as it
+was, I did not at first discover the fact, that the creature presented
+a strange and very uncouth aspect. However, it fed readily, and proved
+very tame, though helpless; often falling on its back, and not being
+able to recover itself from the deficiency of its limbs. I preserved
+this mutilated object with uncommon care, watching it almost
+incessantly day and night: expecting another exuviation which might be
+attended with interesting consequences, I felt much anxiety for its
+survivance. My solicitude was not vain. After the defective shell had
+subsisted eighty-six days, its tenant meantime feeding readily, the
+desired event took place in a new exuviation on 23d June. On this
+occasion a new animal came forth, and in the highest perfection, quite
+entire and symmetrical, with all the ten limbs peculiar to its race,
+and of the purest and most beautiful white. I could not contemplate
+such a specimen of nature's energies restoring perfection, and through
+a process so extraordinary, without admiration. Something yet remained
+to be established: was this perfection permanent, or was it only
+temporary? Like its precursor, this specimen was quite tame, healthy,
+and vigorous. In 102 days it underwent exuviation, when it appeared
+again, perfect as before, with a shell of snowy white, and a little
+red speckling on the limbs. Finally, its shell having subsisted 189
+days, was succeeded by another of equal beauty and perfection, the
+speckling on the legs somewhat increased. As all the shells had
+gradually augmented, so was this larger than the others. The extended
+limbs would have occupied a circle of four inches diameter. About a
+month after this exuviation the animal perished accidentally, having
+been two years and eight months under examination. It was an
+interesting specimen, extremely tame and tranquil, always coming to
+the side of the vessel as I approached, and holding up its little
+claws as if supplicating food.'
+
+The shrimp when in confinement becomes very tame, and readily
+exuviates. The process is frequent, the integument separates entire,
+and is almost colourless. In female crustaceans the roe is placed
+outside the shell to which it adheres. During the period of such
+adherence, the female crab, so far as observation goes, does not
+change its shell--a marked provision of nature to preserve the spawn.
+
+We may remark that other classes of animals exuviate in a similar
+manner to the crustaceans. Thus serpents throw off in entire masses
+their scaly coverings, even a slough from the eyes; and various
+insects in their larva state are continually throwing off and renewing
+their skins.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[2] Report of British Association, 1851. Pp. 120-122.
+
+
+
+
+THE AYAH.
+
+
+Owing to our constant intercourse with India, there are few among us
+who are unacquainted with the word ayah. Some who live in London or
+its neighbourhood may perhaps have occasionally met with one of
+these sable guardian spirits, conducting one or more pale,
+precocious-looking little children to their British friends; or they
+may even have fallen in with a group of the tribe in Kensington
+Gardens, or other public promenades, escorting their little _babas_,
+and herding together, like birds of a feather, attracted by the bonds
+and recollections of colour, climate, caste, and language.
+
+Ayah, in the mouth of a lisping baby, is one of the prettiest words of
+the East, and is learned as soon as papa and mamma, being equally easy
+of articulation. The origin of the word is probably either Portuguese
+or Spanish (_aya_), although it has now become common to all classes,
+Christians, Mohammedans, and Hindoos alike. The Hindostanee word for
+nurse is _m[=a]m[)a]-jee_, or _daee_; the Bengalee, _doodoo_, or
+_dye_.
+
+     [Transcriber's Note: Two diacritical marks are found above
+     the letter "a" in the word "mama-jee" in the previous
+     sentence. They are a macron diacritic, a dash-shaped symbol
+     and a breve diacritic, a u-shaped symbol. These letters are
+     indicated here by the coding [=a] for a macron and [)a] for
+     a breve above the letter "a".]
+
+The ayah is frequently a fixture of long standing in a family,
+descending from mother to daughter; and when this is the case, she is
+no doubt a valuable possession, and is consulted in all the momentous
+matters connected with the nursery. However, at the birth of the first
+baby, she is of course spick-and-span new; and in comes the dusky
+stranger, all pride and expectation, all hope and joy. It is fortunate
+that there is no difference in young babies--that the one is as ugly a
+little thing as the other--and so she is not disappointed: on the
+contrary, she sees with one glance of her dark glittering eyes, which
+have their source of sensation in her woman's heart, a thousand charms
+that distinguish _her_ baba from all the other babies in the universe.
+With something akin to a mother's feelings, she takes the infant in
+her arms, which seems incontinent to become a part of herself, lying
+all day on her knees, and sleeping all night in her bosom; and from
+that moment the nurse, the child, and the paun-box are always
+together.
+
+As the ayah is exclusively attached to the nursery, and has nothing to
+do with household affairs or the laying out of money, she is generally
+a favourite with the other servants, who seem to look upon her as
+holding an intermediate station between them and the mistress. Should
+any of them require leave of absence, for the purpose of attending a
+funeral or a wedding, he applies first to the ayah; or if a little tea
+is wanted for a sick wife or mother, through her also he obtains the
+simple, though to him expensive, restorative. If a pedler comes to the
+door with his box and bundles, he looks up, and spying the ayah in the
+veranda or at the window, he calls out: 'Is anything wanted for
+Mem-Sahib or the babas? Tell the lady I have beautiful things to
+shew.' Away trips the ayah to her mistress, and good-naturedly, or
+perhaps--no, it _shall_ be good-naturedly--lays the discovery before
+her that some trifle is wanted. The man is called in, and succeeds in
+disposing of some of his wares, ribbons, laces, or silks; and the
+ayah, besides having obliged the lady and the pedler, enjoys a small
+modicum of satisfaction herself--who would grudge it?--in pocketing
+the _dustooree_--a discount of two pice, or half an anna on each
+rupee.
+
+There are ayahs of various castes. The Portuguese ayahs (Roman
+Catholic Christians, born in the country) are no doubt the most
+intelligent and useful; but they are more expensive than the Mussulman
+and Lall Beggies, and are therefore not so frequently employed:
+indeed, it is only in the neighbourhood of Calcutta that they are
+procurable at all. As the Hindostanee women neither knit nor sew, they
+seem to devote their energies exclusively to their infant charge. The
+baba is their work and their play, the exercise of their thoughts, the
+substance of their dreams. He is the only book they read; and the only
+expansion their minds know is from the unfolding of the pages of his
+character. They are proud of that baba, and proud of themselves for
+being his. What a sight it is, the ayah coming in at the dessert, in
+her rustling silks and transparent muslins--so stately in her
+humility, so smilingly self-satisfied--surrounded by the children, and
+holding in her dark, smooth, jewelled arms the son and heir of the
+family, whom she presents to papa to get a bit of cake or sweetmeat!
+
+This is a grand moment for the ayah. Are not the children _hers_? Have
+they not lain upon her bosom all their little lives? And have not the
+charms which she detected with the first glance of her glittering eye,
+been developed under her care into the marvels now before the company?
+But the more tranquil and permanent happiness of the ayah is enjoyed
+while she is watching alone the opening of her buds of beauty, and
+steeping their slumbering senses in the sweet wild music of her
+country. I still sometimes hear in fancy her cradle-song humming in my
+own Old Indian ear as I am falling asleep--although many a long year
+has passed since I heard it in reality, and many a long league is now
+between me and the land of the dear, good, black, comical, kindly
+ayah. Let me try whether I cannot render it, even loosely, in our own
+strong Anglo-Saxon tongue, from the musical, melting Hindostanee:--
+
+    Sleep on, sleep on, my baba dear!
+    Thy faithful slave is watching near.
+    The cradle wherein my babe I fondle,
+    Is made of the rare and bright-red sandal;[3]
+    And the string with which I am rocking my lord,
+    Is a gay and glittering silken cord.
+
+    Sleep on, sleep on, my baba dear!
+    Thy faithful slave is watching near.
+    Thy father, my dear, is the jemadar
+    Of a province which stretches wide and far;
+    And his brother, my child, is a moonsif great,
+    Who ruleth o'er many a ryot's fate.
+
+    Sleep on, sleep on, my baba dear!
+    Thy faithful slave is watching near.
+    Thy mother of hearts is the powerful queen,
+    The loveliest lady that ever was seen;
+    And there ne'er was slave more faithful, I trow,
+    Than she who is rocking thy cradle now.
+
+I have said that our ayah sometimes comes home with her charges--comes
+to our home from her own. It is a bad exchange. She awakes slowly from
+her dream, as she sees the rosy cheeks, full pouting lips, and round
+wondering eyes, that are turned upon the dark stranger and her pale,
+thin, little ones. The comparison is painful; these cherub children
+have no sympathy with the lonely Hindoo; and the servants of the
+house, although awed at first by her foreign aspect, and calm, stately
+air, have no permanent respect for one who ranks neither with their
+superiors nor with themselves. The climate, too, is as chilling as the
+manners around her; her heretofore babas are lords to nobody but
+herself; and so, with one thing and another, she grows home-sick, her
+heart yearns for her own sunny land, and she is glad--sorrowfully
+glad--when at last the announcement is made, that an ayah wants to go
+back to India with a family.
+
+And in India once more, what then? Why then, the great ocean is
+between her and her fledged nurslings, and she looks round for some
+new objects of love and devotion. These she probably finds in another
+home, another mistress, another baba; her heart begins its course
+anew; and the ayah lives a second life in the young lives of her
+children. No joyless existence is hers, no cares without ample
+compensations; but yet when I see in my own country one of these
+solitary, strangely-attired, dark-skinned women, I feel attracted
+towards her by an almost tearful sympathy, and have ever a kind look
+and a warm, gentle word for the poor ayah.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[3] The red sandal-wood is more rare and valuable than the yellow.
+
+
+
+
+SMALL INVESTMENTS.
+
+
+The investment of small savings in land with a view to
+spade-husbandry, was a few years ago brought prominently before the
+working-classes. We took occasion, at the time, to warn the humbler
+classes generally against projects of this kind, but without any
+beneficial effect. Land-schemes, as they were called, were puffed into
+popularity, and all our advices and remonstrances on the subject were
+rejected with disdain. Universal ruin has followed these schemes, and
+the unfortunate dupes are left to mourn their loss. Nothing is more
+specious than a plan of earning an independent livelihood by
+cultivating a few acres of land; but, practically, it is open to some
+serious drawbacks. First, the cultivator requires to be skilled in
+husbandry, and of a bodily frame to endure the fatigue of constant
+out-door labour. Second, his land must be tolerably good, and situated
+under a good climate. Third, the land must be close to a market,
+otherwise the produce cannot be disposed of. The cultivation of a
+small bit of land is in reality a kind of gardening. No horse-labour
+can be employed; all is to be done by the spade. It may be possible,
+therefore, to make a livelihood near a large town, where anything that
+is produced--milk and butter included--will find a ready market at no
+cost of transport; but in other circumstances the thing is almost
+hopeless. It is a notorious fact, that the most wretched of the rural
+population of this country are small cultivators, even if the land
+costs next to nothing. We are aware that the small-farm system is more
+successful in Belgium and Lombardy. On the reasons for this, it is
+here needless to enter. We take the examples offered in Great Britain,
+where it has never come up to the expectations of philanthropists.
+
+The purchase of forty-shilling freeholds has lately been put forward
+as a method of investing money by the working-classes. It is beyond
+our province to speak of the political aims of this form of
+investment. We can recognise a certain good in giving to a working-man
+the feeling, that he is the proprietor of a house or small portion of
+land yielding (along with the franchise in England) a rent of forty
+shillings per annum; but, at the same time, we recognise a
+corresponding evil, and we should be shrinking from our duty if we did
+not mention it in distinct terms. In those localities where operatives
+and others can reckon on constant remunerative employment, it may
+prove a real service in many ways for them to buy a house instead of
+renting one; indeed, we should highly recommend them to become the
+proprietors of the dwellings which they occupy. But in places where
+workmen possess no such assurance or reasonable prospect of
+employment, we would as earnestly dissuade them from taking a step of
+this kind. The capital of a working-man--that on which he must place
+his dependence--is his labour; and this labour he ought to be in a
+position to dispose of to the best advantage. On this account, he
+requires, as a general rule, to hold himself in readiness to go
+wherever his labour is in demand. Of all men, he has the most cause to
+be a citizen of the world. He may find it his interest to remove to
+localities hundreds of miles off; and therefore the fewer obstructions
+to his movements, the better. Heritable property is a fixture. A man
+cannot take it with him, and the sale of it, even when time is
+permitted to seek out a purchaser, is attended with expense and
+difficulty. No doubt the transfer of such property might and ought to
+be vastly lowered in cost; but not until this is done, will it be time
+for the more movable part of the working-classes to consider the
+propriety of saddling themselves with the ownership of lands and
+houses. Such, at least, is our opinion, after much consideration of
+the subject. So many melancholy instances have we seen of working-men
+being ruined by the want of power or will to leave small heritable
+possessions in country towns, where employment deserted them, that we
+entertain a strong feeling against this class of persons investing
+their earnings in fixed property.
+
+Upon the whole, the best thing the humbler classes can do with small
+savings, is to let them accumulate as movable capital. They should
+perceive that, generally speaking, a little money has few advantageous
+outlets. It is only after its increase to a tolerable sum, that it can
+command a good investment. A short time ago, we adverted to the vast
+benefits that would accrue to the working-classes, by legalising
+partnerships in commandite; for this would allow the clubbing of means
+for trading purposes without chance of total loss. Another thing for
+improving the resources of such classes, would be the issue of small
+debentures on land, railways, and other kinds of property; these
+debentures to be registered in such a manner as would admit of legal
+recourse without the tedious and expensive forms now required to
+enforce their liquidation. These, then, are things to be struggled for
+by the humbler orders, indeed by many who ostensibly belong to classes
+higher in social standing.
+
+
+
+
+PLEASURES OF LITERATURE.
+
+
+It may be remembered, that somewhat more than two years ago, Mr
+Willmott's _Journal of Summer-time in the Country_ was noticed in
+these pages. Those who, through that or any other introduction, have
+since become acquainted with that exquisite little volume, will be
+glad to meet the author again, in the not less charming work which he
+has recently put forth, on the _Pleasures, Objects, and Advantages of
+Literature_.[4] The theme itself must be naturally attractive to all
+book-loving people; and we are prepared to say, that it is treated
+with felicity and discrimination. We do not aver that we always concur
+in the writer's judgments, or hold precisely his views of criticism;
+but we are, upon the whole, very decidedly impressed with the general
+force and truth of his Discourse, with the gracefulness of his
+allusions and illustrations, his elegant and pointed style, and the
+bland and genial temper in which he writes. The work consists of a
+series of short chapters on books, authors, the circumstances in which
+they wrote, the moods in which they should be read to be appreciated,
+the nature and specific qualities of taste, poetry, fiction, the
+drama, history, and philosophy. The author's turn of mind is chiefly
+retrospective: he writes more in the spirit of the last age than of
+the present. Indeed, he seems too much inclined to ignore the value of
+our later literature; almost the only modern authors whom he quotes
+are Hallam, Charles Lamb, and Southey; and it is evident, both from
+the style and matter of the work, that the range of his reading has
+been most extensive in what he terms the 'classical criticism and
+biography of the eighteenth century.' This, however, we note only in
+passing, and not at all in the way of condemnation; further than as it
+may indicate the limitations to be expected in his tone of thought and
+sentiment.
+
+Mr Willmott, indeed, speaks disparagingly of some of the severer
+studies--especially of logic and mathematics; declaring that they 'can
+only be useful to a full mind,' and that, 'if they find it empty, they
+leave it in the same state.' Of course, he may be allowed to have his
+opinion on such a matter; but we presume it will not be very generally
+adopted. We agree with him that, 'in moral impression they are
+powerless;' yet we are bound to bear in mind that their _aim_ is not a
+moral one; and we, furthermore, believe that, within their own scope
+and province, they _may_ at least be serviceable in training and
+developing the understanding. Not to dwell longer on this little
+eccentricity of opinion, which is simply one of idiosyncrasy, let us
+follow the author into some of the more congenial sections of his
+dissertation. The following passage, on 'The three essential qualities
+of an author,' seems not unsuitable for quotation:--
+
+'Sir Philip Sidney said, that the most flying wits must have three
+wings--art, meditation, exercise. Genius is in the instinct of flight.
+A boy came to Mozart, wishing to compose something, and inquiring the
+way to begin. Mozart told him to wait. "You composed much earlier?"
+"But asked nothing about it," replied the musician. Cowper expressed
+the same sentiment to a friend: "Nature gives men a bias to their
+respective pursuits, and that strong propensity, I suppose, is what we
+mean by genius." M. Angelo is hindered in his childish studies of art;
+Raffaelle grows up with pencil and colours for playthings: one
+neglects school to copy drawings, which he dared not bring home; the
+father of the other takes a journey to find his son a worthier
+teacher. M. Angelo forces his way; Raffaelle is guided into it. But
+each looks for it with longing eyes. In some way or other, the man is
+tracked in the little footsteps of the child. Dryden marks the three
+steps of progress:--
+
+                       "What the child admired,
+    The youth _endeavoured_, and the man ACQUIRED."
+
+'Dryden was an example of his own theory. He read Polybius, with a
+notion of his historic exactness, before he was ten years old.
+Witnesses rise over the whole field of learning. Pope, at twelve,
+feasted his eyes in the picture-galleries of Spenser. Murillo filled
+the margin of his school-books with drawings. Le Brun, in the
+beginning of childhood, drew with a piece of charcoal on the walls of
+the house. The young Ariosto quietly watched the fierce gestures of
+his father, forgetting his displeasure in the joy of copying from
+life, into a comedy he was writing, the manner and speech of an old
+man enraged with his son.
+
+'Cowley, in the history of his own mind, shews the influence of boyish
+fancies upon later life. He compares them to letters cut in the bark
+of a young tree, which grow and widen with it. We are not surprised to
+hear from a school-fellow of the Chancellor Somers, that he was a
+weakly boy, who always had a book in his hand, and never looked up at
+the play of his companions; to learn from his affectionate biographer,
+that Hammond at Eton sought opportunities of stealing away to say his
+prayers; to read that Tournefort forsook his college class, that he
+might search for plants in the neighbouring fields; or that Smeaton,
+in petticoats, was discovered on the top of his father's barn, in the
+act of fixing the model of a windmill which he had constructed. These
+early traits of character are such as we expect to find in the
+cultivated lawyer, who turned the eyes of his age upon Milton; in the
+Christian, whose life was one varied strain of devout praise; in the
+naturalist, who enriched science by his discoveries; and in the
+engineer, who built the Eddystone Lighthouse.'
+
+This accords very well with a notion of our own. We hold that men have
+a tendency to follow what they are by nature best qualified to succeed
+in; and that the fact ought to be regarded in the education of the
+individual. Education should include the study and trial of aptitudes,
+so that each may be directed to his appropriate vocation. It is true,
+there are sometimes such things as 'false tendencies' to be
+encountered; but these, as Goethe has shewn, may be readily detected,
+inasmuch as they are plainly 'unproductive;' that is to say, the thing
+aimed after does not come out as a recognisable success. False
+tendencies are more easily perceived in others than in
+ourselves--especially when ambition, interest, or vanity is involved
+in the consideration; and on this account the difficulty, perhaps,
+might not be insurmountable, if the charge of it could be committed to
+a really judicious educator. But to say anything further on the
+subject would be out of place at present; and, accordingly, we return
+to what is more immediately before us.
+
+'The instinct of flight,' continues our author, 'is combined with the
+instinct of labour. Genius lights its own fire; but it is constantly
+collecting materials to keep alive the flame. When a new publication
+was suggested to Addison, after the completion of the _Guardian_, he
+answered: "I must now take some time, _pour me delasser_, and lay in
+fuel for a future work." The strongest blaze soon goes out when a man
+always blows and never feeds it. Johnson declined an introduction to a
+popular author with the remark, that he did not desire to converse
+with a person who had written more than he had read.
+
+'It is interesting to follow great authors or painters in their
+careful training and accomplishing of the mind. The long morning of
+life is spent in making the weapons and the armour which manhood and
+age are to polish and prove. Usher, when nearly twenty years old,
+formed the daring resolution of reading all the Greek and Latin
+fathers, and with the dawn of his thirty-ninth year he completed the
+task. Hammond, at Oxford, gave thirteen hours of the day to philosophy
+and classical literature, wrote commentaries on all, and compiled
+indexes for his own use.
+
+'With these calls to industry in our ears, we are not to be deaf to
+the deep saying of Lord Brooke, the friend of Sidney, that some men
+overbuild their nature with books. The motion of our thoughts is
+impeded by too heavy a burden; and the mind, like the body, is
+strengthened more by the warmth of exercise than of clothes. When
+Buffon and Hogarth pronounced genius to be nothing but labour and
+patience, they forgot history and themselves. The instinct must be in
+the mind, and the fire be ready to fall. Toil alone would not have
+produced the _Paradise Lost_ or the _Principia_. The born dwarf never
+grows to the middle size. Rousseau tells a story of a painter's
+servant, who resolved to be the rival or the conqueror of his master.
+He abandoned his livery to live by his pencil; but instead of the
+Louvre, he stopped at a sign-post. Mere learning is only a compiler,
+and does with the pen what the compositor does with the type: each
+sets up a book with the hand. Stone-masons collected the dome of St
+Paul's, but Wren hung it in air.'
+
+There is, perhaps, nothing very profound or original in this, but it
+is all very sensible and pleasant. Something of novelty, however, will
+be observed in the extract which follows next, on 'The Influence of
+Air and Situation on the Thoughts.' The consideration, at anyrate, is
+curious, both under its physiological and metaphysical aspect.
+
+'It has been a subject of ingenious speculation if country or weather
+may be said to cherish or check intellectual growth. Jeremy Collier
+considered that the understanding needs a kind climate for its health,
+and that a reader of nice observation might ascertain from the book in
+what latitude, season, or circumstances, it had been written. The
+opponents are powerful. Reynolds ridiculed the notion of thoughts
+shooting forth with greater vigour at the summer solstice or the
+equinox; Johnson called it a fantastic foppery.
+
+'The atmospheric theory is as old as Homer. Its laureate is
+Montesquieu. The more northerly you go, he said, the sterner the man
+grows. You must scorch a Muscovite to make him feel. Gray was a
+convert. One of the prose hints for his noble fragment of a didactic
+poem runs thus: "It is the proper work of education and government
+united, to redress the faults that arise from the soil and air."
+Berkeley entertained the same feeling. Writing to Pope from Leghorn,
+and alluding to some half-formed design he had heard him mention of
+visiting Italy, he continues: "What might we not expect from a muse
+that sings so well in the bleak climate of England, if she felt the
+same warm sun, and breathed the same air with Virgil and Horace?"
+
+'When Dyer attributes the faults of his _Fleece_ to the Lincolnshire
+fens, he only awakes a smile. Keats wrote his Ode to a Nightingale--a
+poem full of the sweet south--at the foot of Highgate Hill. But we
+have the remark of Dryden--probably the result of his own
+experience--that a cloudy day is able to alter the thoughts of a man;
+and, generally, the air we breathe, and the objects we see, have a
+secret influence upon our imagination. Burke was certain that Milton
+composed _Il Penseroso_ in the long, resounding aisle of a mouldering
+cloister, or ivied abbey. He beheld its solemn gloom in the verse. The
+fine nerves of the mind are braced, and the strings of the harp are
+tuned, by different kinds of temperature. "I think," Warburton
+remarked to Hurd, "you have often heard me say, that my delicious
+season is the autumn--the season which gives most life and vigour to
+my intellectual faculties. The light mists, or, as Milton calls them,
+the steams that rise from the fields in one of these mornings, give
+the same relief to the views that the blue of the plum gives to the
+appetite."
+
+'Mozart composed, whenever he had the opportunity, in the soft air of
+fine weather. His _Don Giovanni_ and the _Requiem_ were written in a
+bowling-green and a garden. Chatterton found a full moon favourable to
+poetic invention, and he often sat up all night to enjoy its solemn
+shining. Winter-time was most agreeable to Crabbe. He delighted in a
+heavy fall of snow; and it was during a severe storm which blocked him
+within doors, that he portrayed the strange miseries of Sir Eustace
+Grey.'
+
+There may be something in this supposed influence of temperature and
+seasons; but there certainly is no general law observable in the
+matter. Shakspeare asks--
+
+    'Oh who can take a fire in his hand
+    By thinking of the frosty Caucasus?
+    Or wallow naked in December's snows
+    By bare remembrance of the summer's heat?'
+
+He might have been answered by Moore, who shut himself up in the
+wintry wilds of Derbyshire to write _Lalla Rookh_--a poem breathing of
+the perfumes, and glowing in the sunlight of the golden East; and by
+Scott, who, in Jermyn Street, St James's, with miles of brick houses
+round him, produced his famous introductions to _Marmion_, some of
+which may rank with the finest descriptions of natural scenery in the
+language. But the way in which people are influenced seems utterly
+capricious. We know a writer who is always unfavourably affected by a
+dull, still atmosphere, and whose faculties are as invariably
+exhilarated by a high wind. Cloudy weather does not influence him
+disagreeably if it be stormy, but calm, leaden November glooms oppress
+him with a feeling bordering upon stupor. These are altogether
+unproductive days with him. If authors, however, are subject in their
+moods to atmospheric and other circumstantial influences, it may be
+expected that readers also are to some extent possessed of a like
+tendency. Mr Willmott has, accordingly, a suitable suggestive word or
+two to guide them in their reading. He says:--
+
+'A classification of authors to suit all hours and weathers might be
+amusing. Ariosto spans a wet afternoon like a rainbow. North winds and
+sleet agree with Junius. The visionary tombs of Dante glimmer into
+awfuller perspective by moonlight. Crabbe is never so pleasing as on
+the hot shingle, when we look up from his verses at the sleepy sea,
+and count the
+
+        "Crimson weeds, which spreading slow,
+    Or lie like pictures on the sand below:
+    With all those bright red pebbles, that the sun
+    Through the small waves so softly shines upon."
+
+'Some books come in with lamps and curtains, and fresh logs. An
+evening in late autumn, when there is no moon, and the boughs toss
+like foam raking its way back down a pebbly shore, is just the time
+for _Undine_. A voyage is read with deepest interest in winter, while
+the hail dashes against the window. Southey speaks of this delight--
+
+    "'Tis pleasant by the cheerful hearth to hear
+    Of tempests and the dangers of the deep,
+    And pause at times and feel that we are safe;
+    And with an eager and suspended soul,
+    Woo terror to delight us."
+
+'The sobs of the storm are musical chimes for a ghost-story, or one of
+those fearful tales with which the blind fiddler in _Redgauntlet_ made
+"the auld carlines shake on the settle, and the bits of bairns skirl
+on their minnies out frae their beds."
+
+'Shakspeare is always most welcome at the chimney-corner; so is
+Goldsmith: who does not wish Dr Primrose to call in the evening, and
+Olivia to preside at the urn? Elia affirms, that there is no such
+thing as reading or writing, but by a candle; he is confident that
+Milton composed the morning hymn of Eden with a clear fire burning in
+the room; and in Taylor's gorgeous description of sunrise, he found
+the smell of the lamp quite overpowering.... But Elia,' he says
+further on, 'carried his fireside theory too far. Some people have
+tried "the affectation of a book at noonday in gardens and sultry
+arbours," without finding their task of love to be unlearnt. Indeed,
+many books belong to sunshine, and should be read out of doors.
+Clover, violets, and hedge-roses, breathe from their leaves; they are
+most lovable in cool lanes, along field-paths, or upon stiles overhung
+by hawthorn; while the black-bird pipes, and the nightingale bathes
+its brown feathers in the twilight copse.
+
+'The sensation is heightened when an author is read amid the scenery
+or the manners which he describes--as Barrow studied the sermons of
+Chrysostom in his own see of Constantinople. What daisies sprinkle the
+walks of Cowper, if we take his _Task_ for a companion through the
+lanes of Weston! Under the thick hedges of Horton, darkening either
+bank of the field in the September moonlight, _Il Penseroso_ is still
+more pensive. And whoever would feel at his heart the deep pathos of
+Collins's lamentation for Thomson, must murmur it to himself, as he
+glides upon the stealing wave, by the breezy lawns and elms of
+Richmond.'
+
+Our author has some judicious remarks on 'Criticism, its Curiosities
+and Researches,' and is himself a critic of refined and delicate
+appreciation. We certainly do not agree with him in thinking that the
+literature of the last century is superior to that of the present; but
+we can nevertheless admit that many of his favourite writers are
+deserving of a higher and more reverent regard than is now generally
+awarded them. We would quarrel with no man about his preferences;
+still, we cannot hold Mr Willmott justified in such sweeping
+condemnation of our current literature as he appears disposed to pass
+upon it. It would seem, indeed, that in his disgust at 'the corrupted
+streams of popular entertainment,' he has not cared to make himself
+acquainted with the best of our modern writers. Of these he seems--if
+we may judge from his total oversight of them--to have hardly a
+knowledge of the names. 'He lives,' as he admits, 'among the society
+of an elder age.' Here, however, he numbers 'tasteful learning with
+the chiefest blessings of his home.' If he had lived in the last
+century, he would probably have gone back for his idols to an earlier
+one; and yet his remarks on taste and criticism are of a catholic
+nature, although his just application of their canons have this
+chronological boundary. We have no room, however, for his disquisition
+on these elegant subjects; neither can we follow our accomplished
+clergyman into his disquisitions on fiction, history, biography,
+philosophy, and its pleasures, nor the 'domestic interiors' of taste
+and learning. We had intended to quote some fine sentences on the
+consolations of poetry, but find we have not room for them. The reader
+will do well to get the book, and read them there. It is a work
+altogether well worth reading. Nay, it will bear reading many times,
+and even become pleasanter as one's acquaintance with it increases.
+Indeed, it is not at all the kind of book to be run through rapidly,
+and so disposed of; the thought and observation in it are closely
+packed and methodised; and if you wish to derive any benefit, or even
+pleasure from the perusal, you will need to read deliberately. We
+should say the author thoroughly _enjoyed_ his work while he was
+engaged in it; but the workmanship exhibits everywhere the greatest
+care and patience. The same habit of mind employed in writing it will
+be required in the reading. We may describe the book as being a
+graceful, suggestive review of literature, considered with regard to
+its enjoyments. Refined, scholarly, tolerant, and judicious in all his
+tastes and sympathies, the author's influence upon other minds cannot
+be otherwise than wholesome, elevating, and benignant.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[4] _Pleasures, Objects, and Advantages of Literature._ A Discourse,
+by the Rev. Robert Aris Willmott, Incumbent of Bear Wood, Berks.
+Bosworth: London.
+
+
+
+
+THE MISSING SHIP.
+
+
+Alexis Himkof had just taken an affectionate leave of his wife, and
+stood looking after her, on the deck of the vessel to which he had
+been appointed mate, and which had been fitted up for the
+whale-fishery near Spitzbergen, by a merchant of the name of Jeremiah
+Oxladmkof, of Mesen, a town in the province of Jesovia, in the
+government of Archangel. She sailed in 1743 on her first voyage. We
+can conceive how lonely the home of Alexis must have been without him.
+We may be sure that his wife's last prayer at night was offered up for
+his safety. We constantly hear it said, in stormy weather: 'God help
+those who are at sea!' 'God help those who have friends at sea!' might
+be added to the petition; for there are hearts which quail at every
+gust of wind--there are thick-coming fancies, which can conjure up
+tempest-tossed vessels, sweeping gales, and raging billows; and yet
+the ship may at that very moment be in calm waters, or sailing with a
+prosperous breeze.
+
+The time came that there might be some account of Himkof--then, that
+the vessel might be back; but no news or vessel came. Month after
+month passed on, and still it came not; and then years went by, and
+still there was no ship: whenever a sail was seen in the distance, the
+poor wife would hasten to the shore; but still the ship she looked for
+never came. With a sinking heart, she would retrace her steps
+homewards; but still she came again and again, so true it is that
+affection and hope are the last earthly companions that part company.
+The neighbours would look at her as she passed along, and shake their
+heads in pity.
+
+The vessel, which had fourteen hands on board, had sailed on with a
+fair wind for eight days. On the ninth it veered, and instead of
+reaching the west of Spitzbergen, the place of rendezvous for the
+vessels employed annually in the whale-fishery, it was driven eastward
+of those islands. A few days brought her near one of them, known as
+East Spitzbergen. When within about two English miles, she was hemmed
+in by ice, and in extreme danger. In this dreadful emergency, the crew
+consulted on what was best to be done. Himkof mentioned that he had
+been told, some time before, that some men from Mesen, having decided
+on wintering on the island, had provided themselves with timber for
+building a hut, which they accordingly erected at some distance from
+the shore. Being quite aware, that if they remained in their present
+situation, they must inevitably perish, they determined to search for
+the hut, and to winter there, if so fortunate as to find it. Himkof,
+with three others, were selected to make the search. They were
+provided with a musket, twelve charges of powder, a dozen balls, an
+axe, a small kettle, a knife, a tinder-box and tinder, a wooden pipe
+for each, some tobacco, and a bag with twenty pounds of flour. This
+was as much as they could carry with safety, as they had to make their
+way for two miles over loose ridges of ice, which would be still more
+difficult and dangerous if they were overloaded, and it required the
+utmost caution to avoid falling between these ridges, which had been
+raised by the waves and driven together by the winds. The footing once
+lost, inevitable destruction must follow. They had not proceeded above
+an English mile, when, to their great delight, they descried the hut,
+at a distance of about a mile and a half from the shore. Its length
+was thirty-six feet, and its breadth and height eighteen. It consisted
+of two rooms. The antechamber was about twelve feet broad, and had two
+doors--one to exclude the outer air, the other by which it
+communicated with the inner room, in which there was an earthen stove,
+such as is commonly used in Russia. A very slight inspection sufficed
+to shew that the hut had sustained great injury from the weather; but
+to have found it in any condition was a subject of great joy, and they
+availed themselves of its shelter for the night.
+
+Eager to communicate the good news to their companions, they set out
+early the next morning; and as they went on, they chatted cheerfully
+about the stores of ammunition and provisions, and various requisites
+which could be conveyed from the ship, to be stored in the hut for
+winter use. They pursued their way in the highest spirits, picturing
+to themselves the delight which they were about to give to their
+companions. When they arrived on the shore, not a vestige of the ship
+was to be seen; no track through the waters marked her path; all was
+still and silent, desolate and bleak: no familiar face was seen; not
+one of their comrades was left to tell the hapless tale! They stood
+aghast, looking in mute despair upon the sea. The ice by which the
+vessel had been hemmed in had totally disappeared. The violent storm
+of the night before, they concluded, might have been the cause of this
+fatal disaster; the ice might have been disturbed by the agitation of
+the waves, and beaten violently against the ship, till she was
+shattered to pieces; or she might, perhaps, have been carried on by
+the current into the ocean, and there lost. However it might have
+been, they were never to see her again. What a difference a few short
+moments had made in their feelings and in their fate! They thought to
+have re-entered the hut with glad companions; they returned to it the
+sole inhabitants of that desolate region, disconsolate, and utterly
+hopeless of ever leaving it. When they could collect their thoughts,
+they were anxiously turned to the preservation of their lives, for
+which it was necessary to provide some kind of sustenance. The island
+abounded with reindeer, and they brought down one with every charge of
+their powder. They set about devising means to repair the hut, which,
+from the cracks and crevices produced by the weather, let in the
+piercingly cold air in various directions. No wood, or even shrub,
+grew on that sterile ground. Nothing could be more dreary than the
+prospect--a bleak waste without vegetation; the high mountains with
+their rock and crags; the everlasting ice and the vast masses of snow.
+The very sublimity of the scene was awfully impressed with all the
+marks of stern desolation and solitude. As in that cold climate wood
+is not liable to decay, they joined the boards of which the hut was
+constructed, with the help of their axe, very tolerably, filling up
+the crevices with moss, which grows in abundance all over the island.
+The poor men, like all of their country, were expert carpenters, for
+it is customary with them to build their own houses. No want could
+have been more dreadful than that of wood, for without firing, they
+could never bear up against the intense cold.
+
+As they strayed along the beach, they found, to their joy, a quantity
+of wood which had been carried in by the tide. What they first got in
+this way were parts of the wreck of vessels, and afterwards trees,
+which had been uprooted by the overflowing of rivers, and borne by the
+waves into the ocean; but what proved a treasure to the poor
+castaways, were some boards which they discovered on the beach, with a
+long iron hook, some nails of five or six inches long, and thick in
+proportion, and other pieces of iron fastened in them--the sad
+memorials of some shattered vessel. Kind Providence seemed to have
+directed their steps where help was to be found. Just at the time when
+their provisions had nearly failed, and when they were without the
+means of replenishing their store, they perceived, not far from the
+boards, the root of a fir-tree, which had almost taken the form of a
+bow. With the help of their knife, they soon brought it into more
+regular shape, but they were unprovided with a string and with arrows.
+They determined, in the first instance, to make two lances, to guard
+themselves against the formidable attacks of the ferocious white bear;
+but without a hammer, it was impossible to form their heads, or those
+of the arrows. However, by heating the iron hook, and widening a hole
+which it happened to have in the centre, with the help of one of the
+large nails, they inserted the handle, and a round button at one end
+of the hook, made the face of the hammer. A large pebble served for an
+anvil, and a pair of reindeer's horns were the tongs. Such were the
+tools with which they fashioned the heads for two spears, which they
+polished and sharpened on stones, and then tied them fast with strips
+of reindeer-skin to thick sticks, with which they were supplied from
+the branches of trees which had been wafted on shore. Thus armed, they
+attacked a white bear, and after a desperate struggle, they succeeded
+in killing him. They made use of the flesh for food, which they
+described as being like beef; by separating the tendons, they were
+supplied with filaments as fine as they pleased, which enabled them to
+string their bow. Their next work was to form pieces of iron into
+heads for their arrows, like the spears which they had already
+manufactured. They polished and sharpened them in the same way, and
+made them fast to pieces of the fir with the sinews of the white bear;
+feathers of sea-fowl being tied with the filaments. They were now
+equipped with a complete bow and arrows, which proved a most
+serviceable acquisition, and furnished them from time to time with
+reindeer to the amount of 250, besides vast numbers of the blue and
+white foxes; providing them not only with food, but with clothing, as
+their skins were a great defence from the coldness of the climate.
+
+They destroyed no more than ten white bears; these animals defended
+themselves with prodigious strength and fury. The first was attacked
+by the sailors; the other nine were the assailants. Some of them were
+so daring as to walk into the hut in search of their prey. Those among
+them who were the least voracious were easily driven away, but the
+more ravenous were not to be deterred; and it was not without
+encountering the most imminent danger that the men escaped in the
+dreadful conflicts. But they were in continual fear of being devoured,
+as these ferocious animals repeated their visits to the hut, and
+renewed their attacks continually. When they succeeded in slaying one,
+they made use of its flesh as food, which, with that of the reindeer
+and the blue and white foxes, were the only kind they could have in
+that bleak region.
+
+The want of the necessary conveniences obliged them for some time to
+make use of their food without cooking. They had nothing in the way of
+bread or salt. The stove within was set up after the Russian fashion,
+and could boil nothing. The cold was so intense, that all the wood
+they had was reserved for the stove; they had none to spare for making
+a fire outside, from which they would have had but little heat, and
+where they would run the risk of being attacked by the white bear.
+Besides, the masses of snow which fell during the winter months, and
+the heavy rains, would have made it quite impossible, for great part
+of the year, to have kept a fire burning in the open air. They,
+however, thought of a plan by which they were enabled to prepare some
+of their food. In the summer months, they exposed part of their animal
+food in the sun, and then hung it in the upper part of the hut, where
+it became thoroughly dried by the smoke. This food they used as bread,
+with that which they were obliged to eat half raw. By this means they
+were able to keep up a constant supply of provisions. They had water
+in the summer from the rills which fell from the rocks, and in winter,
+they were supplied from the snows and thawed ice. Their only utensil
+for holding water, and substitute for a drinking-cup, was their small
+kettle.
+
+Half of the flour had been consumed by the men with their meat; the
+remaining portion was preserved for a different purpose. The dread of
+their fire going out, and of the difficulty which they should find in
+lighting another, without match or tinder, set their wits to work to
+find means to avert so great a misfortune. They obtained from the
+middle of the island a particular kind of slimy clay, which they had
+observed, and of which they modelled a sort of lamp, and filled it
+with the fat of the reindeer. They contrived a wick with a piece of
+twisted linen. When they flattered themselves that their object was
+accomplished, they met with a great disappointment, for the melting
+grease ran through the lamp. To make a new one, and to fill up the
+pores of the material of which it was made, was now their care. When
+formed, they dried it in the air, and then heated it red-hot, in which
+state they immersed it in their kettle, in a preparation of flour,
+which had been boiled down to the consistence of starch. They now
+tested it by filling it with melted fat, and to their infinite
+delight, they found that they had succeeded in fashioning one that did
+not leak. To make it still more secure, they covered the outside with
+linen dipped in the starch.
+
+In managing to have light during the dreary months of darkness, they
+had attained a great object, which had been doubly desirable on
+account of him who was languishing in sickness. That they might not be
+wholly dependent on one lamp, of which some accident might deprive
+them, they made another. In collecting such wood as had been cast on
+shore for fuel, they had fortunately found some cordage and a little
+oakum (the sort of hemp used for calking ships), which they turned to
+great account as wicks for their lamps. When this store was consumed,
+they had recourse to their shirts and drawers--a part of dress worn by
+almost all Russian peasants--to supply the want. Like the sacred fire,
+these lamps were never suffered to go out. As they were formed soon
+after their arrival, they were kept burning without intermission for
+the years they passed in their comfortless abode.
+
+The sacrifice made of their shirts and drawers exposed them more to
+the intense cold. Their shoes, boots, and other parts of their dress,
+were worn out. In this emergency, it was necessary to form some plan
+for defending themselves from the inclemency of the climate. The skins
+of the reindeer and foxes, which they had converted into bedding, now
+afforded the materials for clothing. They were submerged in fresh
+water for several days, till the hair was so loosened that it was
+easily removed; the leather was then rubbed with their hands till
+nearly dry, then melted reindeer fat was spread over it, and then it
+was again rubbed. It thus became soft, and fit for the use to which it
+was to be put. Some of the skins which they wished to reserve for furs
+did not undergo exactly the same process, but were merely left in
+water for one day, and were then prepared in the same manner, without
+removing the hair. Though now furnished with the materials for
+clothing, they were without the implements necessary for making them
+into articles of dress. They had neither awls for making shoes and
+boots, nor needles for sewing their clothes. Their ingenuity was,
+therefore, again put to the test, and was not slow in making up the
+deficiency. They contrived to make both very well, out of the bits of
+iron which they had collected from time to time. One of their most
+difficult tasks, was to make eyes to their needles; but this they
+accomplished with the help of their knife; for having ground it to a
+very sharp point, and heated a kind of wire, forged for the purpose,
+red-hot, they pierced a hole through one end, and by whetting and
+smoothing it on stones, brought the other to a point. These needles
+were astonishingly well formed, nothing being amiss with them but the
+roughness of the eye, by which the thread was sometimes cut. It was
+indeed surprising that they were so well made, considering the rude
+instruments with which they were fashioned. Having no scissors, they
+were obliged to cut out their clothes with the knife; and though this
+was their first attempt at the trade of shoemaker or tailor, yet they
+contrived to cut out the articles which they required with as much
+precision as if they had served a regular apprenticeship to the
+business. The sinews of the reindeer and bears answered for thread.
+They set earnestly to their work. For summer wear, they made a sort of
+jacket and trousers of the prepared skins; for winter, long fur-gowns,
+with hoods, made after the fashion of those worn by the Laplanders.
+
+The constant employment which their necessities required, and the
+various difficulties which they had to overcome by ingenious
+contrivance, so far from having been a misfortune, may be considered
+as having been the means of preserving these poor men from sinking
+under their unhappy circumstances. But accordingly as their ingenuity
+had supplied their wants, and their minds became more disengaged from
+expedients, their melancholy increased, and they looked round
+despondingly on the sterile and desolate region where, they felt, they
+were to spend the rest of their days, far away from the hearths of
+home, and from early friends and companions. Even the probability of
+that little circle being lessened, and, it might be, reduced to one
+solitary being, was a dreadful thought: each felt that this might be
+his own fate. Then the fear of all means of sustenance failing, and
+the assaults of wild beasts, were dangers too glaring to be forgotten.
+Alexis Himkof, who had left a wife and three children, suffered
+perhaps the most from heart-yearnings after home.
+
+They had already lost one of their companions from the effects of
+scurvy; and now, when six dreary years had nearly passed, another was
+taken from among them. It chanced on the 15th of August 1749, while
+they were lamenting their poor companion, that they descried a vessel.
+Who can describe the tumults of their feelings, the fluttering of
+their hearts? Their fate hung upon a chance. Oh, if she would come to
+relieve them! oh, if they could pass once more those rude barriers of
+ice, and cut through those interminable waves again! But she might
+pass on, and leave them to a fate rendered still more miserable by the
+fallacious gleam of hope. With trembling haste they ran hither and
+thither, and almost flew to light the signal-fires of distress along
+the hills, and now to the beach, to wave the rude flag, formed of a
+reindeer's skin fastened to a pole. What agitating hopes and fears
+were crowded into that space of time, as the vessel made her way
+through the waters! The signals of distress were seen--were heeded!
+She comes! she comes! and now she anchors near the shore. What a day
+of joy and thankfulness! But the delight of the poor mariners may be
+more easily conceived than described. Their bargain with the master of
+the ship--a Russian vessel--was soon made: they were to work for him
+on the voyage, and they agreed to pay eighty rubles on landing. He
+took them on board with all their possessions, consisting of two
+thousand pounds of the lard of the reindeer in the hides of those
+animals, and of the white and blue foxes, and the skins of the ten
+white bears that they had destroyed. They also took with them their
+bow and arrows, and all the implements which they had manufactured.
+These were deposited in a bone box, made with great ingenuity, with no
+tool but their knife. We have in these men a very remarkable example
+of the energy which can sustain in the most trying circumstances, and
+the ingenious skill which can furnish expedients, even in a region so
+destitute of resources. It may well teach us to trust in that good
+Providence which is indeed a present help in trouble.
+
+They reached Archangel on the 28th of September 1749. What happy
+meetings may have been anticipated!--what calamities may have been
+dreaded during that voyage!--How may it have fared with those who were
+left? Will they all be there, to greet with a joyful welcome? What if
+Alexis' wife, worn out by suspense and anxiety, should have sunk into
+an early grave?--or if one among their children should have died?--or
+if the three should all have been swept away? The approaching sail had
+been seen; and the one who for years had clung to a forlorn-hope, was
+again at the water's edge. Alexis stood on the deck. Affection is
+quick-sighted; he was instantly seen and known by his wife! All was
+forgotten--all but that he was there. The distance between them, the
+waves that separated them, were unheeded! Uttering a wild cry of joy,
+she rushed forward to clasp him in her arms. She sprang into the
+water--a little time, and she was extricated. She was insensible when
+taken up. When she came to herself, she was in her husband's
+arms!--their children were about them! What tears of joy were
+shed!--what prayers of thankfulness were offered up!
+
+The foregoing narrative, true in every respect, is drawn up by us from
+documents issued under the authority of the Russian government. It
+shews, in a convincing manner, that subsistence is by no means
+impossible for sailors wrecked and icebound within the polar regions.
+
+
+
+
+WILD ANIMALS IN CONFINEMENT.
+
+
+Were it not that custom reconciles us to everything, a Christian
+community would surely be shocked by the report, and still more by the
+sight, of the sacrifice of innocent and helpless creatures--pigeons
+and rabbits, for instance--to the horrible instincts of snakes, who
+will not eat anything but what is alive. An account was recently given
+of a night-visit to the place of confinement of these disgusting
+reptiles, in which the evident horror of their intended victims,
+confined in the same cages, was distinctly mentioned. The
+gratification of mere curiosity does not justify the infliction of
+such torture on the lower animals. Surely the sight of a stuffed
+boa-constrictor ought to content a reasonable curiosity. Imagine what
+would be felt if a child were subjected to such a fate, or what could
+be answered if the present victims could tell their agonies as well as
+feel them! Byron speaks of the barbarians who, in the wantonness of
+power, were 'butchered to make a Roman holiday;' and verily the
+horrors exhibited in our public gardens and menageries are something
+akin to the fights of gladiators; it is the infliction of misery for
+mere sport. With reference also to lions, tigers, and other ferocious
+animals kept in cages--if retained at all, the space allotted them
+ought to be much larger than it is, so as to allow them full room for
+healthful exercise. At present, they must be wretched; and considering
+also the quantity of food they consume, which might be converted to
+useful purposes--though this is taking a lower view of the matter--it
+is at least desirable that the number should be much smaller, and a
+much greater space allowed them to exhibit their natural vivacity.
+These remarks do not, of course, apply to fowls and other animals who
+are allowed a sufficient share of liberty to exist in comfort, and to
+whom it is not necessary to sacrifice the existence of other
+creatures.--_Ogden's Friendly Observer._
+
+[We entirely agree in reprobating the practice of placing live rabbits
+and other creatures within the cages of boa-constrictors. A
+recollection of a poor little rabbit cowering in the corner of one of
+these cages, as if aware of its approaching fate, has haunted us for
+years. No purpose of science can be answered by this constantly
+recurring barbarity. Zoological Societies should be careful not to run
+any risk of counteracting by such spectacles the elevated feelings
+they are so well calculated to foster.--_Ed. C. E. J._]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Printed and Published by W. and R. CHAMBERS, High Street, Edinburgh.
+Also sold by W. S. ORR, Amen Corner, London; D. N. CHAMBERS, 55 West
+Nile Street, Glasgow; and J. M'GLASHAN, 50 Upper Sackville Street,
+Dublin.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Chambers's Edinburgh Journal, No. 433, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH ***
+
+***** This file should be named 18382.txt or 18382.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/3/8/18382/
+
+Produced by Malcolm Farmer, Richard J. Shiffer and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/18382.zip b/18382.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc220dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/18382.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3742dda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #18382 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/18382)